HP-UX 11.31 Security Technical Implementation Guide

  • Version/Release: V1R19
  • Published: 2019-01-08
  • Released: 2019-01-25
  • Expand All:
  • Severity:
  • Sort:
Compare

Select any two versions of this STIG to compare the individual requirements

View

Select any old version/release of this STIG to view the previous requirements

The HP-UX 11.31 Security Technical Implementation Guide (STIG) is published as a tool to improve the security of Department of Defense (DoD) information systems. Comments or proposed revisions to this document should be sent via e-mail to the following address: disa.stig_spt@mail.mil.
b
The system must require authentication upon booting into single-user and maintenance modes.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-756 - SV-38318r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN000020
Vuln IDs
  • V-756
Rule IDs
  • SV-38318r2_rule
Single user mode access must be strictly limited to privileged users. The ability to boot to single user mode allows a malicious user the opportunity to modify, compromise, or otherwise damage the system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36228r2_chk

Check the /tcb/files/auth/system/default entry. # grep “:d_boot_authenticate” /tcb/files/auth/system/default If the returned entry looks like “:d_boot_authenticate@:”, single user boot authentication is disabled, and this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the setting for BOOT_AUTH is set to N=1. # grep BOOT_AUTH /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If BOOT_AUTH=0, then single user boot authentication is disabled, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31487r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: If single user boot authentication is disabled, use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to enable single user boot (for root only) authentication. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute. See the below example: BOOT_AUTH=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor."

b
Direct logins must not be permitted to share, default, application, or utility accounts.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-760 - SV-38441r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN000280
Vuln IDs
  • V-760
Rule IDs
  • SV-38441r1_rule
Shared accounts (accounts where two or more people log in with the same user identification) do not provide identification and authentication. There is no way to provide for non-repudiation or individual accountability.System AdministratorIAIA-1
Checks: C-36244r1_chk

Use the last command to check for multiple accesses to an account from different workstations/IP addresses. If users log directly onto accounts, rather than using the su command from their own named account to access them, this is a finding (such as logging directly on to Oracle). Also, ask the SA or the IAO if shared accounts are logged into directly or if users log on to an individual account and switch user to the shared account. # last <unix account>

Fix: F-31501r1_fix

Use the switch user (su) command from a named account login to access shared accounts. Maintain audit trails identifying the actual user of the account name. Document requirements and procedures for users/administrators to log into their own accounts first and then switch user (su) to the account that must be shared.

b
All accounts on the system must have unique user or account names.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-761 - SV-38442r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
GEN000300
Vuln IDs
  • V-761
Rule IDs
  • SV-38442r2_rule
A unique user name is the first part of the identification and authentication process. If user names are not unique, there can be no accountability on the system for auditing purposes. Multiple accounts sharing the same name could result in the Denial of Service to one or both of the accounts or unauthorized access to files or privileges.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36245r4_chk

Verify the consistency of the assigned home directories in the authentication database. For Trusted Mode: # authck -av For SMSE: # pwck If any duplicate account names are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31502r2_fix

Determine if the duplicate accounts have the same or different UIDs. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d “:” | sort | uniq -d If the UIDs are different, the account name must be changed. If the UIDs are the same, disable/remove one of the two (or more) password file entries via the SAM/SMH interface.

b
All accounts must be assigned unique User Identification Numbers (UIDs).
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-762 - SV-38443r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
GEN000320
Vuln IDs
  • V-762
Rule IDs
  • SV-38443r2_rule
Accounts sharing a UID have full access to each others' files. This has the same effect as sharing a login. There is no way to assure identification, authentication, and accountability because the system sees them as the same user. If the duplicate UID is 0, this gives potential intruders another privileged account to attack.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36246r2_chk

Verify the consistency of the assigned home directories in the authentication database. For Trusted Mode: # authck -av For SMSE: # pwck If a non-unique UID is found in the password file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31503r2_fix

Determine if the duplicate UIDs are associated with the same or a different account name. # cat /etc/passwd | grep <non-uniqueUID> or, for multiple non-unique UIDs: # cat /etc/passwd | egrep “<non-uniqueUID1>|<non-uniqueUID2>|,non-uniqueUIDn>“ If the account names are unique, the UIDs must also be modified to be unique. If the account names are the same, disable/remove one of the two (or more) password file entries via the SAM/SMH interface. .

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, console login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-763 - SV-38444r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000400
Vuln IDs
  • V-763
Rule IDs
  • SV-38444r1_rule
Failure to display the logon banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-36247r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Access the system console and make a login attempt. Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-31504r1_fix

Edit /etc/issue and add one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system). DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

b
Successful and unsuccessful logins and logouts must be logged.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-765 - SV-27082r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN000440
Vuln IDs
  • V-765
Rule IDs
  • SV-27082r1_rule
Monitoring and recording successful and unsuccessful logins assists in tracking unauthorized access to the system. Without this logging, the ability to track unauthorized activity to specific user accounts may be diminished.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-27995r1_chk

List the logged successful logons to determine if successful logons are being logged. # last -R | more List the logged unsuccessful logons to determine if unsuccessful logons are being logged. # lastb -R | more If logs do not contain successful and unsuccessful logins, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31505r1_fix

Verify that login logs are handled correctly in the /etc/syslog.conf file. Verify that service startup scripts for syslog and (w/b)tmp (if present) are enabled. NOTE: Also examine the syslog.conf file for any references to remote log hosts if last/lastb produce no results. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep "\@"

b
The system must disable accounts after three consecutive unsuccessful logon attempts.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-000044 - V-766 - SV-38445r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000044
Version
GEN000460
Vuln IDs
  • V-766
Rule IDs
  • SV-38445r3_rule
Disabling accounts after a limited number of unsuccessful logon attempts improves protection against password guessing attacks.System Administrator
Checks: C-36249r4_chk

For Trusted Mode: The u_maxtries attribute in the /tcb/files/auth/system/default file controls whether an account is locked after too many consecutive authentication failures. An account is locked after “N” consecutive authentication failures. Check the global setting for “u_maxtries” is set to “N=3”. # grep u_maxtries /tcb/files/auth/system/default If the “u_maxtries” attribute is not set to “3”, this is a finding. For SMSE: The AUTH_MAXTRIES attribute in the /etc/default/security configuration file controls whether an account is locked after too many consecutive authentication failures. An account is locked after N+1 consecutive authentication failures. Check the setting for “AUTH_MAXTRIES” attribute is set to “N=2”. # userdbget -a AUTH_MAXTRIES If the attribute “AUTH_MAXTRIES” is not set to “2”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31506r3_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /tcb/files/auth/system/default file and update the u_maxtries attribute. See the below example: :u_maxtries#3: If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute. See the below example: AUTH_MAXTRIES=2 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The delay between login prompts following a failed login attempt must be at least 4 seconds.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-002238 - V-768 - SV-38446r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002238
Version
GEN000480
Vuln IDs
  • V-768
Rule IDs
  • SV-38446r3_rule
Enforcing a delay between consecutive failed login attempts increases protection against automated password guessing attacks.GEN000480Attack mitigations to minimize risk: 1. Ensure that the “nodelay” parameter is not found in the /etc/pam.conf file. 2. In the file /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config, the “MaxAuthTries” attribute must be explicitly set to “1”. This attribute controls the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per SSH daemon connection. 3. In the file /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config, the “MaxStartups” attribute must be explicitly set to an organization defined value of “10” (the default) or less. This attribute controls the maximum number of unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon. 4. IPFilter DCA mode is disabled by default, and must be explicitly enabled. Set the following attribute in the /etc/rc.config.d/ipfconf file: DCA_START=1 The below /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf file rule specifies a connection limit of ““ for all hosts when attempting to connect to port ““. The ““ and ““ must be set to organization defined values. Per vendor documentation, this rule must be the next-to-last rule in /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf. The final rule in the file must define the default connection limit. See the below example for the last 2 line entries in /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf (note that the double quotes are for emphasis only): “pass in proto tcp from any to any port = keep limit “ “block in from any to any” Save the file before exiting the editor. The system should not require restarting for the new rule(s) to take effect. System Administrator
Checks: C-36250r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the t_logdelay setting. # more /tcb/files/auth/system/default Verify the value of the t_logdelay variable. If the value is less than 4, this is a finding. For SMSE: By default, PAM executes a built-in, 3 second standard delay if user authentication fails. This delay cannot be extended. The “nodelay” parameter disables the built-in delay. Ensure that the “nodelay” parameter is not found in the /etc/pam.conf file. The HP-SMSE environment does not meet the failed authentication 4 second minimum delay requirement. This check will always result in a finding.

Fix: F-31507r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface to ensure that the t_logdelay setting is 4. For SMSE: There is no fix, however, there are attack mitigations to minimize risk (see mitigations).

b
The root user must not own the logon session for an application requiring a continuous display.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-769 - SV-38447r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000520
Vuln IDs
  • V-769
Rule IDs
  • SV-38447r1_rule
If an application is providing a continuous display and is running with root privileges, unauthorized users could interrupt the process and gain root access to the system.System AdministratorPESL-1
Checks: C-36251r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. If there is an application running on the system that is continuously in use (such as a network monitoring application), ask the SA what the name of the application is. Execute ps -ef | more to determine which user owns the process(es) associated with the application. If the owner is root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31508r1_fix

Configure the system so the owner of a session requiring a continuous screen display, such as a network management display, is not root. Ensure the display is also located in a secure, controlled access area. Document and justify this requirement and ensure the terminal and keyboard for the display (or workstation) are secure from all but authorized personnel by maintaining them in a secure area, in a locked cabinet where a swipe card, or other positive forms of identification, must be used to gain entry.

c
The system must not have accounts configured with blank or null passwords.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-770 - SV-38448r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000560
Vuln IDs
  • V-770
Rule IDs
  • SV-38448r2_rule
If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log into the account without authentication. If the root user is configured without a password, the entire system may be compromised. For user accounts not using password authentication, the account must be configured with a password lock value instead of a blank or null value. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36252r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Verify that user accounts do not have blank passwords. # cd /tcb/files/auth &amp;&amp; grep “u_pwd=::” */* If any user account with a blank password is found, this is a finding. For SMSE: Inspect the password (2nd) field in the /etc/shadow file. # cat /etc/shadow If any user account in the /etc/shadow file contains a null password field, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31509r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to disable null passwords and immediately expire the password for any account with a null password, forcing the user to create a password on the very next login. Alternatively, the account may also be disabled. Protected password database files are maintained in the /tcb/files/auth hierarchy. This directory contains other directories each named with a single letter from the alphabet. User authentication profiles are stored in these directories based on the first letter of the user account name. Verify that SAM/SMH has now disabled null passwords for all accounts. # grep “:u_nullpw@:” /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z] For SMSE: Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute(s). See the below example: LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT=1 ALLOW_NULL_PASSWORD=0 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. Use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to immediately expire the password for any account with a null password, forcing the user to create a password on the very next login. Alternatively, the account may also be disabled.

b
The root account must be the only account having an UID of 0.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-773 - SV-38449r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000880
Vuln IDs
  • V-773
Rule IDs
  • SV-38449r1_rule
If an account has an UID of 0, it has root authority. Multiple accounts with an UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to compromise a privileged account.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36271r1_chk

Check the system for duplicate UID 0 assignments by listing all accounts assigned UID 0. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,3 -d ":" | grep ":0" If any accounts other than root are assigned UID 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31528r1_fix

Remove or change the UID of accounts other than root that have UID 0.

a
The root user's home directory must not be the root directory (/).
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-774 - SV-34829r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000900
Vuln IDs
  • V-774
Rule IDs
  • SV-34829r1_rule
Changing the root home directory to something other than / and assigning it a 0700 protection makes it more difficult for intruders to manipulate the system by reading the files root places in its default directory. It also gives root the same discretionary access control for root's home directory as for the other plain user home directories.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36272r1_chk

Determine if root is assigned a home directory other than / by listing its home directory. # cat /etc/passwd | grep "^root" | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" If the root user home directory is /, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31529r1_fix

The root home directory should be something other than / (such as /roothome). # mkdir /rootdir # chown root /rootdir # chgrp root /rootdir # chmod 700 /rootdir # cp -r /.??* /rootdir/. Edit the passwd file and change the root home directory to /rootdir. The cp -r /.??* command copies all files and subdirectories of file names that begin with "." into the new root directory, which preserves the previous root environment. Ensure you are in the "/" directory when executing the "cp" command.

b
The root account's home directory (other than /) must have mode 0700.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-775 - SV-38450r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000920
Vuln IDs
  • V-775
Rule IDs
  • SV-38450r1_rule
Permissions greater than 0700 could allow unauthorized users access to the root home directory.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36273r1_chk

Check the mode of the root home directory. Procedure: # cat /etc/passwd | grep "^root" | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" # ls -lLd &lt;root home directory&gt; If the mode of the directory is not equal to 0700, this is a finding. If the home directory is /, this check will be marked Not Applicable.

Fix: F-31530r1_fix

The root home directory will have permissions of 0700. Do not change the protections of the / directory. Use the following command to change protections for the root home directory: # chmod 0700 /rootdir.

b
The root accounts executable search path must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-776 - SV-38451r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000940
Vuln IDs
  • V-776
Rule IDs
  • SV-38451r3_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Entries starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36274r3_chk

To view the root user's PATH, log in as the root user, and execute: # env | grep PATH This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31531r2_fix

Edit the root user's local initialization files and remove any relative path entries that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the root user’s local initialization files and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
The root account must not have world-writable directories in its executable search path.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-777 - SV-38452r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000960
Vuln IDs
  • V-777
Rule IDs
  • SV-38452r1_rule
If the root search path contains a world-writable directory, malicious software could be placed in the path by intruders and/or malicious users and inadvertently run by root with all of root's privileges. System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36275r1_chk

Check for world-writable permissions on all directories in the root user's executable search path. Procedure: # ls -ld `echo $PATH | sed "s/:/ /g"` If any of the directories in the PATH variable are world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31532r1_fix

For each world-writable path in root's executable search path, do one of the following: 1. Remove the world-writable permission on the directory. Procedure: # chmod o-w <path> 2. Remove the world-writable directory from the executable search path. Procedure: Identify and edit the initialization file referencing the world-writable directory and remove it from the PATH variable.

b
The system must prevent the root account from directly logging in except from the system console.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-778 - SV-38453r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN000980
Vuln IDs
  • V-778
Rule IDs
  • SV-38453r2_rule
Limiting the root account direct logins to only system consoles protects the root account from direct unauthorized access from a non-console device.System Administrator
Checks: C-36276r2_chk

Check the /etc/securetty file contents. # more /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty does not exist, or has contents other than console or /dev/null, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31533r3_fix

If the /etc/securetty file does not exist, create the file containing only the word console and ensure correct file properties. # echo “console” > /etc/securetty

b
GIDs reserved for system accounts must not be assigned to non-system groups.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-780 - SV-38454r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000360
Vuln IDs
  • V-780
Rule IDs
  • SV-38454r1_rule
Reserved GIDs are typically used by system software packages. If non-system groups have GIDs in this range, they may conflict with system software, possibly leading to the group having permissions to modify system files.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36253r3_chk

Confirm all accounts with a GID of 99 and below are used by a system account. If a GID reserved for system accounts (0 - 99) is used by a non-system account, this is a finding. The vendor-supplied system default group "users" (gid=20) is considered an exception to this check. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,4 -d ":"

Fix: F-31510r1_fix

Change the primary group GID numbers for non-system accounts with reserved primary group GIDs (those less or equal to 99). # usermod -g <new_group> <user>

a
All GIDs referenced in the /etc/passwd file must be defined in the /etc/group file.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-781 - SV-38455r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000380
Vuln IDs
  • V-781
Rule IDs
  • SV-38455r1_rule
If a user is assigned the GID of a group not existing on the system, and a group with that GID is subsequently created, the user may have unintended rights to the group.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36254r1_chk

Determine if any GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd are not defined in /etc/group. Procedure: # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 4,4 -d ":" | sort | uniq With the above GIDs, manually execute the following command for every GID from above. Note that this command is expected to return line entry information from /etc/group. # grep -n &lt;GID&gt; /etc/group If any GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd and not defined in /etc/group are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31511r2_fix

Add a group to the system (edit /etc/group) for each GID referenced without a corresponding group.

b
The system must have a host-based intrusion detection tool installed.
SI-4 - Medium - CCI-001259 - V-782 - SV-35141r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001259
Version
GEN006480
Vuln IDs
  • V-782
Rule IDs
  • SV-35141r1_rule
Without a host-based intrusion detection tool, there is no system-level defense when an intruder gains access to a system or network. Additionally, a host-based intrusion detection tool can provide methods to immediately lock out detected intrusion attempts.System AdministratorECID-1
Checks: C-34998r1_chk

A few applications providing host-based network intrusion protection are: - Dragon Squire by Enterasys Networks - ITA by Symantec - Hostsentry by Psionic Software - Logcheck by Psionic Software - RealSecure agent by ISS - Swatch by Stanford University Ask the SA or IAO if a host-based intrusion detection application is loaded on the system (where &lt;daemon name&gt; is the name of the primary application daemon) to determine if the application is loaded on the system. # find / -name &lt;daemon&gt; | xargs -n1 ls -lL Determine if the application is active on the system. # ps -ef | grep &lt;daemon name&gt; If no host-based intrusion detection system is installed on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32105r1_fix

Install a host-based intrusion detection tool.

b
System security patches and updates must be installed and up-to-date.
SI-2 - Medium - CCI-001227 - V-783 - SV-38456r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001227
Version
GEN000120
Vuln IDs
  • V-783
Rule IDs
  • SV-38456r2_rule
Timely patching is critical for maintaining the operational availability, confidentiality, and integrity of Information Technology (IT) systems. However, failure to keep operating system and application software patched is a common mistake made by IT professionals. New patches are released daily, and it is often difficult for even experienced system administrators to keep abreast of all the new patches. When new weaknesses in an operating system exist, patches are usually made available by the vendor to resolve the problems. If the most recent security patches and updates are not installed, unauthorized users may take advantage of weaknesses present in the unpatched software. The lack of prompt attention to patching could result in a system compromise.System Administrator
Checks: C-36230r3_chk

Obtain the list of available security patches from HP. Alternatively, obtain, install, and use HP's Patch Tool Bundle to compile a list of superseded patches based on the installed software Product Bundle Patch list(s): # show_patches -s Verify the available security patches have been installed on the system. To list patches installed on the system, use the swlist utility. Example: # swlist -l fileset If there are security patches available and applicable for the system that have not been installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31489r2_fix

Use a web browser to access the vendor's support website. Follow the instructions to set up an account with a login and a password. Once this is done it is possible to download the needed patches. Use SMH or # swinstall to apply the patches.

b
System files and directories must not have uneven access permissions.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-784 - SV-38457r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001140
Vuln IDs
  • V-784
Rule IDs
  • SV-38457r1_rule
Discretionary access control is undermined if users, other than a file owner, have greater access permissions to system files and directories than the owner.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36277r1_chk

Check system directories for uneven file permissions. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/usb /sbin /usr/sbin Uneven file permissions exist if the file owner has less permissions than the group or other user classes. If any of the files in the above listed directories contain uneven file permissions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31534r1_fix

Change the mode of files with uneven permissions so owners do not have less permissions than group or world users.

b
All files and directories must have a valid owner.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-785 - SV-34833r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001160
Vuln IDs
  • V-785
Rule IDs
  • SV-34833r1_rule
Unowned files and directories may be unintentionally inherited if a user is assigned the same UID as the UID of the unowned files.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-290r2_chk

Check the system for files with no assigned owner. Procedure: # find / -nouser -print If any files have no assigned owner, this is a finding.

Fix: F-939r2_fix

All directories and files (executable and data) will have an identifiable owner and group name. Either trace files to an authorized user, change the file's owner to root, or delete them. Determine the legitimate owner of the files and use the chown command to set the owner and group to the correct value. If the legitimate owner cannot be determined, change the owner to root (but make sure none of the changed files remain executable because they could be Trojan horses or other malicious code). Examine the files to determine their origin and the reason for their lack of an owner/group.

b
All network services daemon files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-786 - SV-38458r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001180
Vuln IDs
  • V-786
Rule IDs
  • SV-38458r1_rule
Restricting permission on daemons will protect them from unauthorized modification and possible system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36301r1_chk

Check the mode of network services daemons. # ls -lLa /usr/lbin If the mode of a network services daemon is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding. NOTE: Network daemons that may not reside in these directories (such as httpd or sshd) must also be checked for the correct permissions.

Fix: F-31556r1_fix

Change the mode of the network services daemon. # chmod 0755 <path>/<daemon>

b
System log files must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-787 - SV-35275r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
GEN001260
Vuln IDs
  • V-787
Rule IDs
  • SV-35275r1_rule
If the system log files are not protected, unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating its forensic value.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-36302r1_chk

Check the mode of log files. # ls -lLR /var/log /var/log/syslog /var/adm /var/opt Note that some of the above directories will contain more than just system log files. For example: /var/adm/sa, /var/adm/sw, etc. Any non-system log files contained within the above directories should be excluded from this requirement. If any of the system log files have modes more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31557r1_fix

Change the mode of the system log files to 0640 or less permissive. # chmod 0640 <path>/<system-log-file> NOTE: Do not confuse system log files with audit logs.

b
All skeleton files (typically those in /etc/skel) must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-788 - SV-38459r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001800
Vuln IDs
  • V-788
Rule IDs
  • SV-38459r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36364r1_chk

Check skeleton files permissions. # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file has a mode more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31701r1_fix

Change the mode of skeleton files with incorrect mode. # chmod 0444 <skeleton file>

b
NIS/NIS+/yp files must be owned by root, sys, or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-789 - SV-38460r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001320
Vuln IDs
  • V-789
Rule IDs
  • SV-38460r1_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36303r1_chk

Check NIS file ownership. Procedure: # ls -lLa /var/yp/&lt;nis domainname&gt; If the file ownership is not root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31558r1_fix

Change the ownership of NIS/NIS+/yp files to root, sys, or bin. Consult vendor documentation to determine the location of the files. Procedure (example): # chown root <filename>

b
NIS/NIS+/yp files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-790 - SV-38461r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001340
Vuln IDs
  • V-790
Rule IDs
  • SV-38461r1_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36304r3_chk

Check NIS file ownership. # ls -alLR /var/yp/`domainname` If the file group owner is not root, sys, bin (the default), or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31559r2_fix

Change the group owner of the NIS files to root, sys, bin, or other. # chgrp root <filename>

b
The NIS/NIS+/yp command files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-791 - SV-38462r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001360
Vuln IDs
  • V-791
Rule IDs
  • SV-38462r1_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Unauthorized modification of these files could compromise these processes and the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36305r1_chk

Check NIS file mode. Procedure: # grep -i NIS_DOMAIN /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs # ls -lLa /var/yp/&lt;NIS_DOMAIN&gt; If the file's mode is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31560r1_fix

Change the mode of NIS/NIS+/yp command files to 0755 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0755 <filename>

a
Manual page files must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-792 - SV-38463r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001280
Vuln IDs
  • V-792
Rule IDs
  • SV-38463r2_rule
If manual pages are compromised, misleading information could be inserted, causing actions possibly compromising the system.
Checks: C-39552r3_chk

Check the mode of the manual page files. # find `env | grep MANPATH | cut -f 2,2 -d "=" | tr ':' ' ' ` -type f \( -perm -100 -o -perm -030 -o -perm -003 \) -exec ls -al {} + If any manual page file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31561r1_fix

Change the mode of manual page files to 0644 or less permissive. Example: # chmod 0644 <path>/<manpage>

b
Library files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-793 - SV-38464r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001300
Vuln IDs
  • V-793
Rule IDs
  • SV-38464r1_rule
Unauthorized access could destroy the integrity of the library files.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36307r2_chk

Check the mode of library files. Procedure: # ls -lLR /usr/lib /lib If any of the library files have a mode more permissive than 755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31562r1_fix

Change the mode of library files to 0755 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0755 <path>/<library-file> NOTE: Library files should have an extension of ".a" or ".so" (a=archive, so=shared object) extension, possibly followed by a version number.

b
All system command files must have mode 755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-794 - SV-38465r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001200
Vuln IDs
  • V-794
Rule IDs
  • SV-38465r1_rule
Restricting permissions will protect system command files from unauthorized modification. System command files include files present in directories used by the operating system for storing default system executables and files present in directories included in the system's default executable search paths.Elevate to Severity Code I if any file listed world-writable.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36308r1_chk

Check the permissions for files in /etc, /bin, /usr/bin, /usr/lbin, /sbin, and /usr/sbin. # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /sbin /usr/sbin If any file listed has a mode more permissive than 755, this is a finding. Note: Elevate to Severity Code I if any file is listed as world-writable.

Fix: F-31563r1_fix

Change the mode for system command files to 755 or less permissive. # chmod 755 <filename>

b
All system files, programs, and directories must be owned by a system account.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-795 - SV-38466r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001220
Vuln IDs
  • V-795
Rule IDs
  • SV-38466r1_rule
Restricting permissions will protect the files from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36309r1_chk

Check the ownership of system files, programs, and directories. Procedure: # ls -lLa /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/usb /sbin /usr/sbin If any of the system files, programs, or directories are not owned by a system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31564r1_fix

Change the owner of system files, programs, and directories to a system account. Procedure: # chown root <path>/<system file> (A different system user may be used in place of root.)

b
System files, programs, and directories must be group-owned by a system group.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-796 - SV-38467r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001240
Vuln IDs
  • V-796
Rule IDs
  • SV-38467r1_rule
Restricting permissions will protect the files from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36310r1_chk

Check the group ownership of system files, programs, and directories. Procedure: # ls -lLa /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/usb /sbin /usr/sbin If any system file, program, or directory is not owned by a system group, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31565r1_fix

Change the group owner of system files to a system group. Procedure: # chgrp root <path>/<system file> (System groups other than root may be used.)

b
The /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-797 - SV-38468r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001400
Vuln IDs
  • V-797
Rule IDs
  • SV-38468r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System Administrator
Checks: C-36330r4_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the ownership of the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file exists and is not owned by root, this is a finding. NOTE: /etc/shadow should not exist if the system is in Trusted Mode. Check the ownership of the TCB auth files and directories. # ls -lLd /tcb /tcb/files /tcb/files/auth # ls -lL /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If the owner of any of the /tcb files and directories is not root, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file exists and is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31585r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: # chown root /tcb # chown root /tcb/files /tcb/files/auth # chown root /tcb/files/auth/[a-z]/* For SMSE: # chown root /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/passwd file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-798 - SV-38469r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001380
Vuln IDs
  • V-798
Rule IDs
  • SV-38469r1_rule
If the passwd file is writable by a group owner or the world, the risk of passwd file compromise is increased. The passwd file contains the list of accounts on the system and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36331r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/passwd If /etc/passwd has a mode more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31586r1_fix

Change the mode of the passwd file to 0444. # chmod 0444 /etc/passwd Document all changes.

b
The /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file must have mode 0400.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-800 - SV-38470r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001420
Vuln IDs
  • V-800
Rule IDs
  • SV-38470r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root. The Trusted Mode /tcb tree requires modes more permissive than the shadow file.System Administrator
Checks: C-36332r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the TCB auth files and directories. # ls -lLd /tcb /tcb/files /tcp/files/auth # ls -lL /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If the mode of /tcb directory is more permissive than 0555, this is a finding. If the mode of /tcb/files or /tcb/files/auth directories is more permissive than 0771, this is a finding. If the mode of any of the /tcb/files/auth/[a-z]/* is more permissive than 0664, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file has a mode more permissive than 0400, this is a finding. NOTE: The /etc/shadow file will not exist if the system is in Trusted Mode.

Fix: F-31587r3_fix

For Trusted Mode: # chmod 0555 /tcb # chmod 0771 /tcb/files /tcb/files/auth # chmod 0664 /tcb/files/auth/[a-z]/* For SMSE: # chmod 0400 /etc/shadow

b
The owner, group-owner, mode, ACL, and location of files with the setuid bit set must be documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000368 - V-801 - SV-38471r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000368
Version
GEN002380
Vuln IDs
  • V-801
Rule IDs
  • SV-38471r1_rule
All files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the UID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setuid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes. Only default vendor-supplied executables should have the setuid bit set.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECPA-1
Checks: C-36399r1_chk

Files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the user or group ID of the file. If an executable with setuid allows shell escapes, the user can operate on the system with the effective permission rights of the user or group owner. List all setuid files on the system. Procedure: # find / -perm -4000 -exec ls -l {} \; | more NOTE: Executing these commands may result in large listings of files; the output may be redirected to a file for easier analysis. Ask the SA or IAO if files with the suid bit set have been documented. If any undocumented file has its suid bit set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31738r1_fix

Document the files with the suid bit set or unset the suid bit on the executable.

b
The owner, group-owner, mode, ACL, and location of files with the setgid bit set must be documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000368 - V-802 - SV-34943r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000368
Version
GEN002440
Vuln IDs
  • V-802
Rule IDs
  • SV-34943r1_rule
All files with the setgid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the GID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setgid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECPA-1
Checks: C-36401r1_chk

Locate all setgid files on the system. Procedure: # find / -perm -2000 If the ownership, permissions, location, and ACLs of all files with the setgid bit set are not documented, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31740r1_fix

All files with the sgid bit set will be documented in the system baseline and authorized by the Information Systems Security Officer (ISSO). Locate all sgid files with the following command: find / -perm -2000 -exec ls -lL {} \; Ensure sgid files are part of the operating system software, documented application software, documented utility software, or documented locally developed software. Ensure none are text files or shell programs.

b
The system must be checked weekly for unauthorized setuid files as well as unauthorized modification to authorized setuid files.
CM-3 - Medium - CCI-000318 - V-803 - SV-38472r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002400
Vuln IDs
  • V-803
Rule IDs
  • SV-38472r1_rule
Files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the UID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setuid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36400r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Determine if a weekly automated or manual process is used to generate a list of suid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. If no such process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31739r1_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to generate a list of suid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. To create a list of suid files: # find / -perm -4000 > suid-file-list

b
The system must be checked weekly for unauthorized setgid files as well as unauthorized modification to authorized setgid files.
CM-3 - Medium - CCI-000318 - V-804 - SV-38473r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002460
Vuln IDs
  • V-804
Rule IDs
  • SV-38473r1_rule
Files with the setgid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the group id of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setgid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36402r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Determine if a weekly automated or manual process is used to generate a list of sgid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. If no such process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31741r1_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to generate a list of sgid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. To create a list of sgid files: # find / -type f -perm -2000 -exec ls -lL {} \; >> sgid-file-list

b
Removable media, remote file systems, and any file system not containing approved setuid files must be mounted with the "nosuid" option.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-805 - SV-34946r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002420
Vuln IDs
  • V-805
Rule IDs
  • SV-34946r1_rule
The "nosuid" mount option causes the system to not execute setuid files with owner privileges. This option must be used for mounting any file system not containing approved setuid files. Executing setuid files from untrusted file systems, or file systems that do not contain approved setuid files, increases the opportunity for unprivileged users to attain unauthorized administrative access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36403r1_chk

Check /etc/fstab and verify the nosuid mount option is used on file systems mounted from removable media, network shares, or any other file system not containing approved setuid or setgid files. Each file system line entry must contain a device specific file and may additionally contain all of the following fields, in the following order: mount directory, type, options, backup frequency, pass number (on parallel fsck) and comment. # cat /etc/fstab | grep -v "^#" If the "nosuid" mount option is not used on file systems mounted from removable media, network shares, or any other file system that does not contain approved setuid or setgid files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31742r1_fix

Edit /etc/fstab and add the nosuid mount option to all file systems mounted from removable media or network shares, and any file system not containing approved setuid or setgid files.

a
The sticky bit must be set on all public directories.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-806 - SV-38474r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002500
Vuln IDs
  • V-806
Rule IDs
  • SV-38474r1_rule
Failing to set the sticky bit on the public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files in the directory structure. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36405r1_chk

Verify all world-writable directories have the sticky bit set. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -002 ! -perm -1000 -exec ls -lLd {} \; | tee wwlist If the sticky bit is not set on a world-writable directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31743r1_fix

Set the sticky bit on all public directories. Procedure: # chmod 1777 <world writeable directory>

b
All public directories must be owned by root or an application account.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-807 - SV-34950r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002520
Vuln IDs
  • V-807
Rule IDs
  • SV-34950r1_rule
If a public directory has the sticky bit set and is not owned by a privileged UID, unauthorized users may be able to modify files created by others. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36406r1_chk

Check the ownership of all public directories. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -1002 -exec ls -ld {} \; If any public directory is not owned by root or an application user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31744r1_fix

Change the owner of public directories to root or an application account. Procedure: # chown root <public directory>

b
The system and user default umask must be 077.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-808 - SV-38475r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002560
Vuln IDs
  • V-808
Rule IDs
  • SV-38475r1_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask can be represented as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0. This requirement applies to the globally configured system defaults and the user defaults for each account on the system.trueIf the default umask is 000 or does not restrict the world-writable permission, this becomes a CAT I finding.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36407r1_chk

Check global initialization files for the configured umask value. # grep umask /etc/* | grep -v ":#" | grep "umask [0-9]" Check local initialization files for the configured umask value. Procedure: # grep umask /userhomedirectory/.* If the system and user default umask is not 077, this is a finding. NOTE: If the default umask is 000 or allows for the creation of world-writable files this becomes a Severity Code I (CAT I) finding.

Fix: F-31745r1_fix

Edit local and global initialization files containing umask and change them to use 077 instead of the current value.

b
Default system accounts must be disabled or removed.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000178 - V-810 - SV-27264r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000178
Version
GEN002640
Vuln IDs
  • V-810
Rule IDs
  • SV-27264r2_rule
Vendor accounts and software may contain backdoors that will allow unauthorized access to the system. These backdoors are common knowledge and present a threat to system security if the account is not disabled.System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-36408r2_chk

Account/password locking is typically accomplished with the asterisk (*). System logins that never had a password use a double exclamation mark (!!) and accounts that have been locked have the valid password entry invalidated by a single exclamation mark (!) prefix. For Trusted Mode: Protected password database files are maintained in the /tcb/files/auth hierarchy. This directory contains other directories each named with a single letter from the alphabet. User authentication profiles are stored in these directories based on the first letter of the user account name. Next check if default system accounts (such as those for sys, bin, uucp, nuucp, daemon, smtp) have been disabled. # grep “u_pwd=“ /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If any default system accounts (such as those for sys, bin, uucp, nuucp, daemon, smtp) have not been disabled, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check if default system accounts (such as those for sys, bin, uucp, nuucp, daemon, smtp) have been disabled. # cat /etc/shadow If any default system accounts (such as those for sys, bin, uucp, nuucp, daemon, smtp) have not been disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31746r2_fix

For Trusted Mode and SMSE: Use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to lock/disable or remove any enabled default system accounts.

b
Auditing must be implemented.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000169 - V-811 - SV-38476r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
GEN002660
Vuln IDs
  • V-811
Rule IDs
  • SV-38476r1_rule
Without auditing, individual system accesses cannot be tracked and malicious activity cannot be detected and traced back to an individual account.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36409r1_chk

Determine if auditing is enabled. # audsys If the audit service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31747r1_fix

Turn on the auditing system. The system will use existing current and next audit trails (if configured). # audsys -n Alternatively, use the HP SMH to configure and enable auditing on the system.

b
System audit logs must be owned by root.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-812 - SV-38477r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
GEN002680
Vuln IDs
  • V-812
Rule IDs
  • SV-38477r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of system audit log files to root provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-36424r2_chk

Inspect the auditing configuration file, /etc/rc.config.d/auditing, to determine the filename and path of the audit logs. The entries should appear similar to the following: PRI_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file1 SEC_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file2 # egrep “PRI_AUDFILE|SEC_AUDFILE” /etc/rc.config.d/auditing For each audit log directory/file, check the ownership. # ls -lLd &lt;audit directory&gt; # ls -lLa &lt;audit file&gt; If any audit log directory/file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31763r2_fix

As root, change the ownership. # chown root <audit directory> # chown root <audit file>

b
System audit logs must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-813 - SV-38478r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
GEN002700
Vuln IDs
  • V-813
Rule IDs
  • SV-38478r2_rule
If a user can write to the audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed and system intrusion may not be detected. System audit logs are those files generated from the audit system and do not include activity, error, or other log files created by application software.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-36425r2_chk

Inspect the auditing configuration file, /etc/rc.config.d/auditing, to determine the filename and path of the audit logs. The entries should appear similar to the following: PRI_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file1 SEC_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file2 # egrep “PRI_AUDFILE|SEC_AUDFILE” /etc/rc.config.d/auditing For each audit log directory/file, check the permissions. # ls -lLd &lt;audit directory&gt; # ls -lLa &lt;audit file&gt; If any audit log file has permissions greater than 0640 (0750 for directories), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31764r2_fix

As root, change the permissions. # chmod 0750 <audit directory> # chmod 0640 <audit file>

b
The audit system must be configured to audit failed attempts to access files and programs.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-814 - SV-38479r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002720
Vuln IDs
  • V-814
Rule IDs
  • SV-38479r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36426r1_chk

Check the system audit configuration to determine if failed attempts to access files and programs are audited. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep open If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31765r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e open to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit file deletions.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-815 - SV-38480r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002740
Vuln IDs
  • V-815
Rule IDs
  • SV-38480r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36427r1_chk

Check the system audit configuration to determine if failed attempts to access files and programs are audited. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep delete If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31766r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e delete to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit all administrative, privileged, and security actions.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-000347 - V-816 - SV-38481r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000347
Version
GEN002760
Vuln IDs
  • V-816
Rule IDs
  • SV-38481r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36428r1_chk

Check the auditing configuration of the system. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep admin # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep removable If no results are returned for either of these commands, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31767r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e admin and -e removable to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit login, logout, and session initiation.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-818 - SV-38482r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002800
Vuln IDs
  • V-818
Rule IDs
  • SV-38482r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36429r1_chk

Check the system's audit configuration. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep login If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31768r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e login to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-819 - SV-38483r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002820
Vuln IDs
  • V-819
Rule IDs
  • SV-38483r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36430r1_chk

Check the system's audit configuration. The term moddac is code for MODify Dicscretionary Access Control (i.e., chown, chmod, etc.). # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep moddac If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31769r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e moddac to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The inetd.conf file, xinetd.conf file, and the xinetd.d directory must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-821 - SV-35067r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003720
Vuln IDs
  • V-821
Rule IDs
  • SV-35067r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34933r1_chk

Check the ownership of the xinetd.d directory, the (x)inetd.conf file and any files identified by the configuration file includedir stanza. # find / -type d -name xinetd.d | xargs -n1 ls -lLd # find / -type f -name inetd.conf -o -name xinetd.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # grep includedir &lt;PATH&gt;/xinetd.conf If any of the above named files, included files or directories are not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30239r1_fix

Change the ownership of the inetd.conf file to root or bin. # chown root <file or directory>

b
The inetd.conf and xinetd.conf files must have mode 0440 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-822 - SV-35072r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003740
Vuln IDs
  • V-822
Rule IDs
  • SV-35072r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial of Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34936r1_chk

Check the mode of the (x)inetd.conf file and any files identified by the configuration file includedir stanza: # find / -type f -name inetd.conf -o -name xinetd.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # grep includedir &lt;PATH&gt;/xinetd.conf # ls -lL &lt;includedir files from previous command&gt; If any of the above file mode are more permissive than 0440, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30242r1_fix

Change the mode of the (x)inetd.conf file. # chmod 0440 <file>

b
The services file must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-823 - SV-35077r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003760
Vuln IDs
  • V-823
Rule IDs
  • SV-35077r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34941r1_chk

Check the ownership of the services file. NOTE: The typical ownership of the services file is bin. # ls -lL /etc/services If the services file is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30246r1_fix

Change the ownership of the services file to root or bin. # chown root /etc/services

b
The services file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-824 - SV-35078r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003780
Vuln IDs
  • V-824
Rule IDs
  • SV-35078r1_rule
The services file is critical to the proper operation of network services and must be protected from unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in the failure of network services.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34942r1_chk

Check the mode of the services file. NOTE: The typical default mode of the services file is 0444. # ls -lL /etc/services If the services file has a mode more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30247r1_fix

Change the mode of the services file to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /etc/services

a
Global initialization files must contain the mesg -n or mesg n commands.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-825 - SV-38484r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001780
Vuln IDs
  • V-825
Rule IDs
  • SV-38484r1_rule
If the mesg -n or mesg n command is not placed into the system profile, messaging can be used to cause a Denial of Service attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36365r1_chk

Check global initialization files for the presence of mesg -n or mesg n. Procedure: # grep "mesg" /etc/.login /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc If global initialization files exist and do not contain mesg -n or mesg n, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31702r1_fix

Edit /etc/profile or another global initialization script, and add the mesg -n command.

b
The hosts.lpd file (or equivalent) must not contain a "+" character.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-827 - SV-35140r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003900
Vuln IDs
  • V-827
Rule IDs
  • SV-35140r1_rule
Having the "+" character in the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file allows all hosts to use local system print resources.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-34997r1_chk

Look for the presence of a print service configuration file. The hosts.lpd file is not used on HP, only inetd.sec, hosts.equiv, and/or the system (lp) .rhosts will apply. When rlpdaemon is started via inetd, access control is provided via the fileinetd.sec to allow or prevent a host from making print requests. When rlpdaemon is started at boot via a run command file, all requests must come from one of the machines listed in the file /etc/hosts.equiv or /var/spool/lp/.rhosts. Procedure: First, determine the rlpdaemon startup method: 1) Print services started via inetd? # cat /etc/inetd.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -c rlpdaemon If the above command return value is 1, check the services file. # cat /etc/services | grep -v "^#" | grep printer | grep -c spooler If the above command return value is 1, check the inetd.sec file. # cat /var/adm/inetd.sec | grep -v "^#" | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep printer | grep allow | grep -c "\+" If the above command return value is 1, this is a finding. 2) The rlpdaemon is started as a service, and not via inetd. Verify neither the /etc/hosts.equiv nor /var/spool/lp/.rhosts contains a "+": # cat /etc/hosts.equiv | grep -v "^#" | grep -c "\+" # cat /var/spool/lp/.rhosts | grep -v "^#" | grep -c "\+" If the return value of either of the above two command(s) is 1, this is a finding. If none of the files are found, this check should be marked not a finding. Otherwise, examine the configuration file. # more &lt;print service file&gt; Check for entries containing a "+" or "_" character. If any are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30292r1_fix

Remove the "+" entries from the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file.

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must be owned by root, bin, sys, or lp.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-828 - SV-35143r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003920
Vuln IDs
  • V-828
Rule IDs
  • SV-35143r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of the hosts.lpd file to root, bin, sys, or lp provides the designated owner, and possible unauthorized users, with the potential to modify the hosts.lpd file. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35001r1_chk

Locate any print service configuration file(s) on the system. HP vendor documentation identifies the following names and locations of print service configuration files on the system that can be checked via the following commands: # ls -lL /var/spool/lp/.rhosts # ls -lL /var/adm/inetd.sec # ls -lL /etc/hosts.equiv If no print service configuration file is found, this is not a finding. Check the ownership of the print service configuration file(s). # ls -lL &lt;print service configuration file&gt; If the owner of the file is not root, sys, bin, or lp, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30294r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/hosts.lpd file (or equivalent) to root, lp, or another privileged UID. # chown root <print service configuration file>

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-829 - SV-35148r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003940
Vuln IDs
  • V-829
Rule IDs
  • SV-35148r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file may permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35005r1_chk

Locate any print service configuration file(s) on the system. HP vendor documentation identifies the following names and locations of print service configuration files on the system that can be checked via the following commands: # ls -lL /var/spool/lp/.rhosts # ls -lL /var/adm/inetd.sec # ls -lL /etc/hosts.equiv If no print service configuration file is found, this is not a finding. Check the mode of the print service configuration file. # ls -lL &lt;print service configuration file&gt; If the mode of the print service configuration file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30299r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/hosts.lpd file (or equivalent) to 0644 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 0644 <print service configuration file>

b
The alias file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-831 - SV-35161r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004360
Vuln IDs
  • V-831
Rule IDs
  • SV-35161r1_rule
If the aliases file is not owned by root, an unauthorized user may modify the file to add aliases to run malicious code or redirect e-mail.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35014r1_chk

Find the aliases file on the system and check the ownership. # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30308r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/mail/aliases file (or equivalent) to root. # chown root /etc/mail/aliases

b
The alias file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-832 - SV-35165r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004380
Vuln IDs
  • V-832
Rule IDs
  • SV-35165r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the aliases file may permit unauthorized modification. If the alias file is modified by an unauthorized user, they may modify the file to run malicious code or redirect e-mail.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35017r1_chk

Find the aliases file on the system. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the aliases file exists with a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30311r1_fix

Change the mode of the aliases file (or equivalent) to 0644. # chmod 0644 /etc/mail/aliases

c
Files executed through a mail aliases file must be owned by root and must reside within a directory owned and writable only by root.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-833 - SV-35169r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004400
Vuln IDs
  • V-833
Rule IDs
  • SV-35169r1_rule
If a file executed through a mail aliases file is not owned and writable only by root, it may be subject to unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification of files executed through aliases may allow unauthorized users to attain root privileges.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35019r1_chk

Examine the aliases file for any utilized directories or paths. # cat/etc/mail/aliases | cut -f 2,2 -d ":" | grep "|" For example, the alias file entry will look like: msgs: "|/usr/bin/msgs -s" The entry must be an absolute path name: # ls -lLd `dirname &lt;entry&gt;` # ls -lL &lt;entry&gt; If the file or parent directory is not owned by root, this a finding.

Fix: F-30312r1_fix

Edit the /etc/mail/aliases file Locate the entries executing a program. They will appear similar to the following line: alias: "|/usr/local/bin/ls" (or some other program name) Ensure root owns the programs and the directory(ies) they reside in by using the chown command to change owner to root. For a directory entry: # chown root <entry> For a file entry (change BOTH the directory and file, where/as necessary: # chown root <entry> # chown root `dirname <entry>`

b
Files executed through a mail aliases file must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-834 - SV-35043r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004420
Vuln IDs
  • V-834
Rule IDs
  • SV-35043r1_rule
If a file executed through a mail alias file has permissions greater than 0755, it can be modified by an unauthorized user and may contain malicious code or instructions possibly compromising the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36562r1_chk

Examine the aliases file on the system for any utilized directories or paths. # cat /etc/mail/aliases | cut -f 2,2 -d ":" | grep "|" Check the permissions for any file paths referenced. # ls -lL &lt;path/file&gt; If any file referenced from the aliases file has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31930r1_fix

Use the chmod command to change the access permissions for files executed from the aliases file. For example: # chmod 0755 <path/file>

a
Sendmail logging must not be set to less than 9 in the sendmail.cf file.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-835 - SV-35047r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004440
Vuln IDs
  • V-835
Rule IDs
  • SV-35047r1_rule
If Sendmail is not configured to log at level 9, system logs may not contain the information necessary for tracking unauthorized use of the sendmail service.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36564r1_chk

The sendmail.cf log level option line will typically appear as follows: O LogLevel=N Check if Sendmail logging is set to level 9 via the following command: # cat /etc/mail/sendmail.cf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ grep -i loglevel | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -d ' ' | cut -f 2,2 -d "=" If logging is not set, i.e., line is missing or commented, this is a finding. If logging is set to less than 9, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31932r1_fix

Edit the sendmail.cf file, locate the entry (and where necessary uncomment it and/or create it) and modify/set it to 9.

b
The system syslog service must log informational and more severe SMTP service messages.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-836 - SV-35051r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN004460
Vuln IDs
  • V-836
Rule IDs
  • SV-35051r1_rule
If informational and more severe SMTP service messages are not logged, malicious activity on the system may go unnoticed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36565r1_chk

The syslog.conf file critical mail logging option line will typically appear as one of the following examples: mail.crit /var/adm/messages mail.* /var/adm/messages *.* /var/adm/messages *.crit /var/adm/messages Check the syslog configuration file for mail.crit logging configuration. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | egrep -i "mail.crit|mail.\*|\*.crit|\*.\*" If syslog is not configured to log critical sendmail messages, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31933r1_fix

Edit the syslog.conf file and add a configuration line specifying an appropriate destination for critical "mail" syslogs, for example: mail.crit /var/adm/messages mail.* /var/adm/messages *.* /var/adm/messages *.crit /var/adm/messages

b
The SMTP service log file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-837 - SV-35053r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004480
Vuln IDs
  • V-837
Rule IDs
  • SV-35053r1_rule
If the SMTP service log file is not owned by root, then unauthorized personnel may modify or delete the file to hide a system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36566r1_chk

Locate any Sendmail log files by checking the syslog configuration file. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ egrep -i "mail.info|mail.debug|mail.\*|\*.info|\*.debug|\*.\*" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | uniq | xargs -n1 ls -lL Identify any log files configured for the "mail" service at any severity level, or those configured for all services. Check the ownership of these log files. If any mail log file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31934r1_fix

Change the ownership of the sendmail log file. # chown root <sendmail log file>

b
The SMTP service log file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-838 - SV-35058r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004500
Vuln IDs
  • V-838
Rule IDs
  • SV-35058r1_rule
If the SMTP service log file is more permissive than 0644, unauthorized users may be allowed to change the log file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36567r1_chk

Check the mode of the SMTP service log file. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | egrep -i "mail.info|mail.debug|mail.\*|\*.info|\*.debug|\*.\*" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | uniq | xargs -n1 ls -lL Check the configuration to determine which log files contain logs for mail. # ls -lL &lt;sendmail log file&gt; If any Sendmail log file permissions are greater than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31935r1_fix

Change the mode of the SMTP service log file. # chmod 0644 <sendmail log file>

b
The ftpusers file must exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-840 - SV-35102r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004880
Vuln IDs
  • V-840
Rule IDs
  • SV-35102r1_rule
The ftpusers file contains a list of accounts not allowed to use FTP to transfer files. If this file does not exist, then unauthorized accounts can utilize FTP.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36582r1_chk

Check for the existence of the ftpusers file. This file is normally located in the /etc/ftpd directory. # ls -lL /etc/ftpd/ftpusers OR alternatively # find / -type f -name ftpusers -exec ls -lL {} \; If the ftpusers file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31950r1_fix

Create a /etc/ftpd/ftpusers (or equivalent) file containing a list of /etc/passwd accounts not authorized for FTP.

b
The ftpusers file must contain account names not allowed to use FTP.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-841 - SV-35103r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004900
Vuln IDs
  • V-841
Rule IDs
  • SV-35103r1_rule
The ftpusers file contains a list of accounts not allowed to use FTP to transfer files. If the file does not contain the names of all accounts not authorized to use FTP, then unauthorized use of FTP may take place.System Administrator
Checks: C-36583r1_chk

Check the contents of the ftpusers file. # more /etc/ftpd/ftpusers OR alternatively # find / -type f -name ftpusers -exec ls -lL {} \; If the system has accounts not allowed to use FTP and not listed in the ftpusers file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31951r1_fix

Add accounts not allowed to use FTP to the /etc/ftpd/ftpusers (or equivalent) file.

b
The ftpusers file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-842 - SV-38485r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004920
Vuln IDs
  • V-842
Rule IDs
  • SV-38485r1_rule
If the file ftpusers is not owned by root, an unauthorized user may modify the file to allow unauthorized accounts to use FTP.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36584r1_chk

Check the ownership of the ftpusers file. # ls -lL /etc/ftpd/ftpusers If the ftpusers file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31952r1_fix

Change the owner of the ftpusers file to root. # chown root /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

b
The ftpusers file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-843 - SV-38486r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004940
Vuln IDs
  • V-843
Rule IDs
  • SV-38486r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the ftpusers file could permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial of Service to authorized FTP users or permit unauthorized users to access the FTP service.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36586r1_chk

Check the permissions of the ftpusers file. # ls -lL /etc/ftpd/ftpusers If the ftpusers file has a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31954r1_fix

Change the mode of the ftpusers file to 0640. # chmod 0640 /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

a
The FTP daemon must be configured for logging or verbose mode.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000130 - V-845 - SV-38995r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000130
Version
GEN004980
Vuln IDs
  • V-845
Rule IDs
  • SV-38995r1_rule
The -l option allows basic logging of connections. The verbose (on HP) and the debug (on Solaris) allow logging of what files the ftp session transferred. This extra logging makes it possible to easily track which files are being transferred onto or from a system. If they are not configured, the only option for tracking is the audit files. The audit files are much harder to read. If auditing is not properly configured, then there would be no record at all of the file transfer transactions.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-37978r2_chk

Perform: # grep ftpd /etc/inetd.conf Check the line for ftpd to see if the -v options are invoked. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33221r1_fix

The v option enables more verbose logging, shows the accessed file names, and the logout timestamp. The syslog.conf file must be configured to log daemon.info and daemon.debug to a proper log file in which to capture the data. The output goes into the system log file. The log file is /var/adm/syslog. Edit the inetd.conf file. Locate the line that defines ftpd by typing /ftpd/cr. Add the v option where ftpd appears to the right of the pathname for ftpd. For instance: ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/in.ftpd in.ftpd -v This is a requirement even when the system is using TCP_WRAPPERS and/or secure shell. The only time it is not a requirement is if the ftp daemon is not configured to run.

b
Anonymous FTP must not be active on the system unless authorized.
AC-22 - Medium - CCI-001475 - V-846 - SV-35100r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-22
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001475
Version
GEN004820
Vuln IDs
  • V-846
Rule IDs
  • SV-35100r1_rule
Due to the numerous vulnerabilities inherent in anonymous FTP, it is not recommended for use. If anonymous FTP must be used on a system, the requirement must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.trueInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36580r2_chk

Attempt to log in with anonymous or ftp. The user can type any string of characters as a password. (By convention, the password is the host name of the user's host or the user's email address.) The anonymous user is then given access only to user ftp's home directory, usually called /home/ftp. If the login is successful, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31948r2_fix

Configure the FTP service to not permit anonymous logins. Remove the user(s) ftp and/or anonymous from the /etc/passwd file.

c
The TFTP daemon must operate in "secure mode" which provides access only to a single directory on the host file system.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-847 - SV-35110r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005080
Vuln IDs
  • V-847
Rule IDs
  • SV-35110r1_rule
Secure mode limits TFTP requests to a specific directory. If TFTP is not running in secure mode, it may be able to write to any file or directory and may seriously impair system integrity, confidentiality, and availability.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36593r1_chk

Determine if the TFTP daemon is installed, started, and running in secure mode. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | cut -f 6,7 -d " " | grep -i tftp If the tftpd process is not configured with exactly one path argument (example: "/usr/lbin/tftpd tftpd"), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31960r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and add one path argument, representing the TFTP root directory, to the tftpd command.

c
The TFTP daemon must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-848 - SV-35155r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005100
Vuln IDs
  • V-848
Rule IDs
  • SV-35155r1_rule
If TFTP runs with the setuid or setgid bit set, it may be able to write to any file or directory and may seriously impair system integrity, confidentiality, and availability.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-36594r1_chk

Check the mode of the TFTP daemon. # ls -lL /usr/lbin/tftpd If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31961r1_fix

Change the mode of the TFTP daemon. # chmod 0755 /usr/lbin/tftpd

b
The TFTP daemon must be configured to vendor specifications, including a dedicated TFTP user account, a non-login shell such as /bin/false, and a home directory owned by the TFTP user.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-849 - SV-35157r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005120
Vuln IDs
  • V-849
Rule IDs
  • SV-35157r1_rule
If TFTP has a valid shell, it increases the likelihood that someone could logon to the TFTP account and compromise the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-715r2_chk

Check the /etc/passwd file to determine if TFTP is configured properly. Procedure: # grep tftp /etc/passwd If a TFTP user account does not exist and TFTP is active, this is a finding. Check the user shell for the TFTP user. If it is not /bin/false or equivalent, this is a finding. Check the home directory assigned to the TFTP user. If no home directory is set, or the directory specified is not dedicated to the use of the TFTP service, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31962r1_fix

Create a tftp user account if none exists. Assign a non-login shell to the tftp user account, such as /usr/bin/false. Assign/create the tftp user account home directory where/as necessary. Ensure the home directory is owned by the tftp user.

b
Any X Windows host must write .Xauthority files.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000297 - V-850 - SV-35160r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000297
Version
GEN005160
Vuln IDs
  • V-850
Rule IDs
  • SV-35160r1_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. If .Xauthority files are not used, it may be possible to obtain unauthorized access to the X Windows host.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36598r1_chk

Check for .Xauthority files being utilized by looking for such files in the home directory of a user using X. Get a list of (non-system account) users and the associated home directories. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,6 -d ":" Inspect individual user home directories for the .Xauthority file. # find &lt;f6 from the above command&gt; -type f -name "\.Xauthority" -exec ls -lLa {} \; If the .Xauthority file does not exist, ask the SA if the user is using X Windows. If the user is utilizing X Windows and the .Xauthority file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31964r1_fix

Ensure the X Windows host is configured to write .Xauthority files into user home directories. Edit the file. Ensure the line writing the .Xauthority file is uncommented.

b
The Network Information System (NIS) protocol must not be used.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-867 - SV-38487r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN006400
Vuln IDs
  • V-867
Rule IDs
  • SV-38487r1_rule
Due to numerous security vulnerabilities existing within NIS, it must not be used. Possible alternative directory services are NIS+ and LDAP.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-36720r1_chk

Perform the following to determine if NIS is active on the system. # ps -ef | grep -v grep | egrep "ypbind|ypserv" If NIS is found active on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32102r1_fix

Disable the use of NIS. Possible replacements are NIS+ and LDAP-UX.

a
All interactive users must be assigned a home directory in the /etc/passwd file.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-899 - SV-38488r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001440
Vuln IDs
  • V-899
Rule IDs
  • SV-38488r2_rule
If users do not have a valid home directory, there is no place for the storage and control of files they own.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36333r3_chk

Verify the consistency of the assigned home directories in the authentication database. For Trusted Mode: # authck -av If any user is not assigned a home directory, this is a finding. For SMSE: # pwck If any user is not assigned a home directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31588r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Determine why the user is not assigned a home directory. Possible actions include: account deletion or disablement. If the account is determined to be valid, manually create the home directory if required (mkdir directoryname, copy the skeleton files into the directory, chown account name for the new directory and the skeleton files) and assign to the user in the /etc/passwd file or take corrective action via the HP SMH/SAM utility. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Determine why the user is not assigned a home directory. Possible actions include: account deletion or disablement. If the account is determined to be valid, manually create the home directory if required (mkdir directoryname, copy the skeleton files into the directory, chown account name for the new directory and the skeleton files) and assign to the user in the /etc/passwd file or take corrective action via the HP SMH/SAM utility. Additionally, use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the ABORT_LOGIN_ON_MISSING_HOMEDIR attribute. See the below example: ABORT_LOGIN_ON_MISSING_HOMEDIR=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

a
All interactive user home directories defined in the /etc/passwd file must exist.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-900 - SV-38489r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001460
Vuln IDs
  • V-900
Rule IDs
  • SV-38489r2_rule
If a user has a home directory defined that does not exist, the user may be given the / directory, by default, as the current working directory upon logon. This could create a Denial of Service because the user would not be able to perform useful tasks in this location.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36334r3_chk

Verify the consistency of the assigned home directories in the authentication database. For Trusted Mode: # authck -av If any assigned home directory does not exist, this is a finding. For SMSE: # pwck If any assigned home directory does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31589r2_fix

Determine why the user home directory does not exist. Possible actions include: account deletion or disablement. If the account is determined to be valid, create the home directory either manually (mkdir directoryname, copy the skeleton files into the directory, chown account name for the new directory and the skeleton files) or via the HP SMH/SAM utility.

b
All user home directories must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-901 - SV-34870r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001480
Vuln IDs
  • V-901
Rule IDs
  • SV-34870r1_rule
Excessive permissions on home directories allow unauthorized access to user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36335r1_chk

Check the home directory mode of each user in /etc/passwd. Procedure: # ls -lLd `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` | more If a user's home directory mode is more permissive than 0750, this is a finding. NOTE: Application directories are allowed to and may need 0755 permissions (or greater) for correct operation.

Fix: F-31590r1_fix

Change the mode of user's home directory to 0750 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0750 <home directory> NOTE: Application directories are allowed to and may need 0755 permissions (or greater) for correct operation.

b
All interactive user home directories must be owned by their respective users.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-902 - SV-38490r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001500
Vuln IDs
  • V-902
Rule IDs
  • SV-38490r1_rule
If users do not own their home directories, unauthorized users could access user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36336r1_chk

Check the ownership of each user home directory listed in the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;user home directory&gt; OR # ls -lLd `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` | more If any user home directory is not owned by the assigned user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31591r1_fix

Change the owner of a user's home directory to its assigned user. Procedure: # chown <user> <home directory>

b
All interactive user home directories must be group-owned by the home directory owner's primary group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-903 - SV-38491r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001520
Vuln IDs
  • V-903
Rule IDs
  • SV-38491r1_rule
If the GID of the home directory is not the same as the GID of the user, this would allow unauthorized access to files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36337r1_chk

Check the group ownership for each user in the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;user home directory&gt; OR # ls -lLd `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` | more If any user home directory is not group-owned by the assigned user's primary group, this is a finding. Home directories for application accounts requiring different group ownership must be documented using site-defined procedures.

Fix: F-31592r1_fix

Change the group-owner for user home directories to the primary group of the assigned user. Procedure: # chgrp groupname directoryname (Replace examples with appropriate group and home directory.) Document all changes.

b
All local initialization files must be owned by the user or root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-904 - SV-38492r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001860
Vuln IDs
  • V-904
Rule IDs
  • SV-38492r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36366r2_chk

Check the ownership of local initialization files. Procedure: # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.login # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.cshrc # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.logout # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.profile # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_profile # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bashrc # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_logout # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.env # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dtprofile # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dispatch # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.emacs # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.exrc # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dt ! -fstype nfs ! -user &lt;username&gt; -exec ls -ld {} \; If local initialization files are not owned by the home directory's user or root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31703r1_fix

Change the ownership of the startup and login files in the user's directory to the user or root, as appropriate. Examine each user's home directory and verify all filenames beginning with "." are owned by the owner of the directory or root. If they are not, use the chown command to change the owner to the user and research the reasons why the owners were not assigned as required.

b
All local initialization files must have mode 0740 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-905 - SV-38493r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001880
Vuln IDs
  • V-905
Rule IDs
  • SV-38493r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36367r1_chk

Check the modes of local initialization files. Procedure: # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.login # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.cschrc # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.logout # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.profile # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_profile # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bashrc # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_logout # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.env # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dtprofile (permissions should be 0755) # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dispatch # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.emacs # ls -alL /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.exrc # find /&lt;usershomedirecotory&gt;/.dt ! -fstype nfs \( -perm -0002 -o -perm -0020 \) -exec ls -ld {} \; (permissions not to be more permissive than 0755) If local initialization files are more permissive than 0740, the .dt directory is more permissive than 0755, or the .dtprofile file is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31704r1_fix

Ensure user startup files have permissions of 0740 or more restrictive. Examine each user's home directory and verify all file names beginning with "." have access permissions of 0740 or more restrictive. If they do not, use the chmod command to correct the vulnerability. Procedure: # chmod 0740 .filename NOTE: The period is part of the file name and is required.

b
All run control scripts must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-906 - SV-38494r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001580
Vuln IDs
  • V-906
Rule IDs
  • SV-38494r1_rule
If the startup files are writable by other users, they could modify the startup files to insert malicious commands into the startup files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36338r1_chk

Verify run control scripts have no extended ACLs. # ls -lLa /sbin/init.d/[a-z,A-Z,0-9]* If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31593r1_fix

Ensure all system startup files have mode 0755 or less permissive. Examine the rc files, all files in the rc1.d (rc2.d, and so on) directories, and in the /etc/init.d directory to ensure they are not world-writable. If they are world-writable, use the chmod command to correct the vulnerability, and research why they are world-writable. # chmod 755 startupfile

b
Run control scripts executable search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-907 - SV-38495r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001600
Vuln IDs
  • V-907
Rule IDs
  • SV-38495r3_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths. System Administrator
Checks: C-36339r3_chk

Verify the run control scripts search paths do not contain references to the current working directory or other relative paths that have not been authorized by the ISSO. # grep "PATH" /sbin/init.d/[a-z,A-Z,0-9]* | grep -v "_PATH" This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31594r2_fix

Edit the run control script and remove the relative path entries from the executable search path variable that are not documented with the ISSO. Edit the run control script and remove any empty entry that is defined.

c
Run control scripts must not execute world-writable programs or scripts.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-910 - SV-38496r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001640
Vuln IDs
  • V-910
Rule IDs
  • SV-38496r2_rule
World-writable files could be modified accidentally or maliciously to compromise system integrity.System Administrator
Checks: C-402r9_chk

Check the permissions on the files or scripts executed from system startup scripts to see if they are world-writable. Create a list of all potential run command level scripts. # ls -l /etc/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " " OR # ls -l /sbin/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " " Create a list of world writeable files. # find / -perm -002 -type f &gt;&gt; worldWriteableFileList Determine if any of the world writeable files in worldWriteableFileList are called from the run command level scripts. Note: Depending upon the number of scripts vs world writeable files, it may be easier to inspect the scripts manually. # more `ls -l /etc/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " "` OR # more `ls -l /sbin/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " "` If any system startup script executes any file or script that is world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1064r2_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from programs or scripts executed by run control scripts. Procedure: # chmod o-w <program or script executed from run control script>

b
There must be no .netrc files on the system.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-913 - SV-38499r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN002000
Vuln IDs
  • V-913
Rule IDs
  • SV-38499r1_rule
Unencrypted passwords for remote FTP servers may be stored in .netrc files. Policy requires passwords to be encrypted in storage and not used in access scripts.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36369r1_chk

Check the system for the existence of any .netrc files. Procedure: # find / -name .netrc If any .netrc file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31706r1_fix

Remove the .netrc file(s). Procedure: # rm .netrc

a
All files and directories contained in interactive user home directories must be owned by the home directory's owner.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-914 - SV-38497r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001540
Vuln IDs
  • V-914
Rule IDs
  • SV-38497r1_rule
If users do not own the files in their directories, unauthorized users may be able to access them. Additionally, if files are not owned by the user, this could be an indication of system compromise.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36340r5_chk

For each user in the /etc/passwd file, check for the presence of files and directories within the user's home directory that are not owned by the home directory owner. # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt; ! -fstype nfs ! -user &lt;username&gt; ! \( -name .login -o -name .cshrc -o -name .logout -o -name .profile -o -name .bash_profile -o -name .bashrc -o -name .env -o -name .dtprofile -o -name .dispatch -o -name .emacs -o -name .exrc \) -exec ls -ld {} \; Or # ls -lLR `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` | more If user home directories contain files or directories not owned by the home directory owner, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31595r1_fix

Change the ownership of files and directories in user home directories to the owner of the home directory. Procedure: # chown <account-owner> <filename>

a
All files and directories contained in user home directories must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-915 - SV-38498r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001560
Vuln IDs
  • V-915
Rule IDs
  • SV-38498r1_rule
Excessive permissions allow unauthorized access to user files. trueInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36341r5_chk

For each user in the /etc/passwd file, check for files and directories with a mode more permissive than 0750. NOTE the following exclusions/exemptions: HP installed users "hpsmh" and "cimsrvr". Note that some home directories "may" restrict access to their files. # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt; ! -fstype nfs ! \( -name .login -o -name .cshrc -o -name .logout -o -name .profile -o -name .bash_profile -o -name .bbashrc -o -name .env -o -name .dtprofile -o -name .dispatch -o -name .emacs -o -name .exrc \) \( -perm -0001 -o -perm -0002 -o -perm -0004 -o -perm -0020 -o -perm -2000 -o -perm -4000 \) -exec ls -ld {} \; Or # ls -lLR `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` | more If user home directories contain files or directories more permissive than 0750, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31596r1_fix

Change the mode of files and directories within user home directories to 0750. Procedure: # chmod 0750 filename Document all changes.

b
The /etc/shells (or equivalent) file must exist.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-916 - SV-34952r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002120
Vuln IDs
  • V-916
Rule IDs
  • SV-34952r1_rule
The shells file (or equivalent) lists approved default shells. It helps provide layered defense to the security approach by ensuring users cannot change their default shell to an unauthorized, unsecure shell.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36410r1_chk

Verify /etc/shells exists. # ls -l /etc/shells If the file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31748r1_fix

Create /etc/shells file containing a list of valid system shells. Consult vendor documentation for an appropriate list of system shells. Procedure: Typical installed shells include: /sbin/sh /usr/bin/sh /usr/bin/rsh /usr/bin/ksh /usr/bin/rksh /usr/bin/csh /usr/bin/keysh # echo "/sbin/sh" >> /etc/shells (Repeat as necessary for all existing shell programs.)

b
All shells referenced in /etc/passwd must be listed in the /etc/shells file, except any shells specified for the purpose of preventing logins.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-917 - SV-34953r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002140
Vuln IDs
  • V-917
Rule IDs
  • SV-34953r1_rule
The shells file lists approved default shells. It helps provide layered defense to the security approach by ensuring users cannot change their default shell to an unauthorized, unsecure shell.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36411r1_chk

Confirm the login shells referenced in the /etc/passwd file are listed in the /etc/shells file. Procedure: # more /etc/passwd # more /etc/shells The /usr/bin/false, /bin/false, /dev/null, /sbin/nologin, (and equivalents), and sdshell will be considered valid shells for use in the /etc/passwd file, but will not be listed in the /etc/shells file. If a shell referenced in /etc/passwd is not listed in the shells file, excluding the above mentioned shells, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31749r1_fix

Use the chsh utility or edit the /etc/passwd file and correct the error by changing the default shell of the account in error to an acceptable shell name contained in the /etc/shells file. Alternatively, use the HP SMH to change the /etc/passwd shell entry.

b
Accounts must be locked upon 35 days of inactivity.
AC-2 - Medium - CCI-000017 - V-918 - SV-38500r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000017
Version
GEN000760
Vuln IDs
  • V-918
Rule IDs
  • SV-38500r2_rule
Inactive user accounts pose a risk to systems and applications. Owners of Inactive accounts will not notice if unauthorized access to their account has been obtained. There is a risk that inactive accounts can potentially be exploited to obtain and maintain undetected access to a system and/or application. The operating system must track periods of user account inactivity and disable all inactive accounts. Non-interactive accounts on the system, such as application accounts, may be documented exceptions. Non-interactive accounts on the system, such as application accounts, may be documented exceptions. Non-interactive accounts on the system, such as application accounts, may be documented exceptions. trueSystem AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-36270r3_chk

For Trusted Mode: Verify that user accounts are locked after 35 days of inactivity. Note: The “u_llogin” attribute is stored in seconds: 86400 seconds/day * 35 days = 3024000 seconds. # cd /tcb/files/auth &amp;&amp; cat */* | egrep “:u_name=|:u_llogin=“ If user account is not set to lock after 35 days of inactivity, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the INACTIVITY_MAXDAYS setting. # grep INACTIVITY_MAXDAYS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If INACTIVITY_MAXDAYS is set to 0 or greater than 35 for any user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31527r3_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface to update the “u_llogin” (user last login) /tcb database attribute. See the /tcb database entry example below: :u_llogin#3024000: For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the INACTIVITY_MAXDAYS attribute. See the below example: INACTIVITY_MAXDAYS=35 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
All shell files must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-921 - SV-38501r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002200
Vuln IDs
  • V-921
Rule IDs
  • SV-38501r1_rule
If shell files are owned by users other than root or bin, they could be modified by intruders or malicious users to perform unauthorized actions.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36412r1_chk

Check the ownership of the system shells. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL If any shell is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31750r1_fix

Change the ownership of any system shell not owned by root or bin: # chown root <path/shell>

c
All shell files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-922 - SV-38502r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002220
Vuln IDs
  • V-922
Rule IDs
  • SV-38502r1_rule
Shells with world/group-write permissions give the ability to maliciously modify the shell to obtain unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36413r1_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the group ownership of each shell referenced. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If a shell has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31751r1_fix

Change the mode of the shell. # chmod 0755 <shell>

a
The system must be checked for extraneous device files at least weekly.
CM-3 - Low - CCI-000318 - V-923 - SV-38504r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002260
Vuln IDs
  • V-923
Rule IDs
  • SV-38504r1_rule
If an unauthorized device is allowed to exist on the system, there is the possibility the system may perform unauthorized operations.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-36414r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always be a manual review. Check the system for an automated job, or check with the SA, to determine if the system is checked for extraneous device files on a weekly basis. If no automated or manual process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31752r1_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to create a list of device files on the system and determine if any files have been added, moved, or deleted since the last list was generated. A list of device files can be generated with this command: # find / -type b -o -type c -o -type n > device-file-list

b
Device files and directories must only be writable by users with a system account or as configured by the vendor.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-924 - SV-38505r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002280
Vuln IDs
  • V-924
Rule IDs
  • SV-38505r2_rule
System device files in writable directories could be modified, removed, or used by an unprivileged user to control system hardware.System Administrator
Checks: C-36415r2_chk

Find all device special files existing anywhere on the system. Types include: b=block, c=character, p=fifo. Example: # find / -type b -print &gt;&gt; devicelist # find / -type c -print &gt;&gt; devicelist # find / -type p -print &gt;&gt; devicelist Check the permissions on the directories above subdirectories that contain device files. If any device file, or directory containing device files, is world-writable, except device files specifically intended to be world-writable such as /dev/null, this is a finding. Note the following exception/exclusion list: /dev/pts/*, /dev/pty/*, /dev/ptym/*, the following in dev: full, zero, null, tty, ptmx, pty*, tcp, udp, ip, arp, udp6, tcp6, rawip6, ip6, rawip, rtsock, ipsecpol, ipseckey, sad, dlpi*, sasd*, ttyp*, ttyq*, ttyr*, strlog, telnetm, tlclts, asyncdsk, async, tlcots, tlcotsod, echo, beep, gvid0, gvid, poll, log, log.um, stcpmap, nuls, usctp6, sctp6, usctp, syscon, and sctp.

Fix: F-31753r1_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from the device file(s). # chmod o-w <device file> Document all changes.

b
Device files used for backup must only be readable and/or writable by root or the backup user.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-925 - SV-38506r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002300
Vuln IDs
  • V-925
Rule IDs
  • SV-38506r1_rule
System backups could be accidentally or maliciously overwritten and destroy the ability to recover the system if a compromise should occur. Unauthorized users could also copy system files.trueInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36416r1_chk

Check the system for device files read/write enabled for users other than root or the backup user. Example: # find / \( -perm -0020 -o -perm -0040 -o -perm -0002 -o -perm -0004 \) -a \( -type b -o -type c -o -type n \) -exec ls -ld {} \; If any device files used for backup are read/write enabled for users other than root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31754r1_fix

Use the chmod command to remove the read/write bit(s) from the backup device files. # chmod o-r <b/u device file name> # chmod o-w <b/u device file name> # chmod g-r <b/u device file name> # chmod g-w <b/u device file name> Document all changes.

b
Any Network Information System (NIS+) server must be operating at security level 2.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-926 - SV-38537r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN006460
Vuln IDs
  • V-926
Rule IDs
  • SV-38537r1_rule
If the NIS+ server is not operating in, at least, security level 2, there is no encryption and the system could be penetrated by intruders and/or malicious users.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36723r1_chk

If the system is not using NIS+, this is not applicable. Check the system to determine if NIS+ security level two is implemented. Execute this command: # niscat cred.org_dir If the second column does not contain DES, the system is not using NIS+ security level two, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-32104r1_fix

Configure the NIS+ server to use security level 2.

b
The NFS export configuration file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-928 - SV-35180r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005740
Vuln IDs
  • V-928
Rule IDs
  • SV-35180r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of the NFS export configuration file to root provides the designated owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-37986r2_chk

Check the owner of the /etc/dfs/dfstab file. # echo `ls -lL /etc/dfs/dfstab` | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 3,3 -d " " If the /etc/dfs/dfstab configuration file is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33229r3_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/dfs/dfstab file to root. # chown root /etc/dfs/dfstab

a
The Network File System (NFS) share configuration file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-929 - SV-35184r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005760
Vuln IDs
  • V-929
Rule IDs
  • SV-35184r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the NFS share configuration file could allow unauthorized modification of the file, which could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized NFS shares and the creation of additional unauthorized shares.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2, ECLP-1
Checks: C-37992r1_chk

# echo `ls -lL /etc/dfs/dfstab` | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 1,1 -d " " If the file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33232r1_fix

# chmod 0644 /etc/dfs/dfstab

b
All NFS-shared system files and system directories must be owned by root, or a system account.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-931 - SV-35191r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005800
Vuln IDs
  • V-931
Rule IDs
  • SV-35191r3_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or directories to root provides the designated owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-38000r2_chk

Check for NFS shared file systems. # cat /etc/dfs/sharetab This will display all of the shared file systems. For each file system displayed, check the ownership. Check the owner of the NFS share configuration file. # echo ` ls -lLad &lt;shared file system path&gt;` | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' If the files and directories are not owned by root or a system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33234r2_fix

Change the ownership of shared file systems not owned by root, or a system account. # chown root <path>

b
The Network File System (NFS) anonymous UID and GID must be configured to values that have no permissions.
AC-14 - Medium - CCI-000062 - V-932 - SV-35199r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-14
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000062
Version
GEN005820
Vuln IDs
  • V-932
Rule IDs
  • SV-35199r1_rule
When an NFS server is configured to deny remote root access, a selected UID and GID are used to handle requests from the remote root user. The UID and GID should be chosen from the system to provide the appropriate level of non-privileged access.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-38003r1_chk

Check if the 'anon' option is set correctly for shared file systems. # cat /etc/dfs/dfstab Each of the shared file systems should include an entry for the 'anon=' option set to -1 or an equivalent (60001, 65534, or 65535). If an appropriate 'anon=' setting is not present for a shared file system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33237r1_fix

Edit /etc/dfs/sharetab and set the anon=-1 option for shares without it. Re-export the file systems.

b
The Network File System (NFS) server must be configured to restrict file system access to local hosts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-933 - SV-35201r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005840
Vuln IDs
  • V-933
Rule IDs
  • SV-35201r1_rule
The NFS access option limits user access to the specified level. This assists in protecting shared file systems. If access is not restricted, unauthorized hosts may be able to access the system's NFS shares.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-38005r1_chk

Check the permissions on shared NFS file systems. Procedure: # cat /etc/dfs/sharetab If the shared file systems do not contain the "rw" or "ro" options that specify a list of hosts or networks, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33239r1_fix

Edit /etc/dfs/dfstab and add ro and/or rw options (as appropriate) that specify a list of hosts or networks which are permitted access. Re-share the file systems via the following commands: # unshare <the file system entry that was modified> # share <the file system entry that was modified>

b
The NFS server must not allow remote root access.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-935 - SV-35202r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005880
Vuln IDs
  • V-935
Rule IDs
  • SV-35202r1_rule
If the NFS server allows root access to local file systems from remote hosts, this access could be used to compromise the system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance ManagerInformation Assurance OfficerEBRP-1
Checks: C-38008r1_chk

Determine if the NFS server is sharing with the root access option. # cat /etc/dfs/sharetab | grep "root=" If a share with the root option is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33243r1_fix

Edit /etc/dfs/dfstab and remove the root= option for all shares. Re-share the file systems.

b
The nosuid option must be enabled on all NFS client mounts.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-936 - SV-35204r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005900
Vuln IDs
  • V-936
Rule IDs
  • SV-35204r1_rule
Enabling the nosuid mount option prevents the system from granting owner or group-owner privileges to programs with the suid or sgid bit set. If the system does not restrict this access, users with unprivileged access to the local system may be able to acquire privileged access by executing suid or sgid files located on the mounted NFS file system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance ManagerInformation Assurance OfficerECPA-1
Checks: C-35048r1_chk

Check the system for NFS mounts that do not use the nosuid option. # mount -v | grep " type nfs " | grep -v "nosuid" If the mounted file systems do not have the nosuid option, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30338r1_fix

Edit /etc/fstab and add the nosuid option for all NFS file systems. Remount the NFS file systems to make the change take effect.

b
The system must use an access control program.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-940 - SV-35198r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006580
Vuln IDs
  • V-940
Rule IDs
  • SV-35198r1_rule
Access control programs (such as TCP_WRAPPERS) provide the ability to enhance system security posture.System AdministratorEBRU-1
Checks: C-35044r1_chk

Locate the inetd.conf file (normally located within the /etc directory). # find /etc -type f -name inetd.conf Determine if TCP_WRAPPERS is used. The following example demonstrates one possible single inetd.conf line first without and then with the service tcp wrapped. telnet stream tcp6 nowait root /usr/sbin/telnetd telnetd telnet stream tcp6 nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd telnetd # cat &lt;path&gt;/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | grep tcpd If there are unwrapped active services listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30334r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and use tcpd to wrap active services.

b
The system's access control program must log each system’s access attempt.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-941 - SV-35206r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN006600
Vuln IDs
  • V-941
Rule IDs
  • SV-35206r2_rule
If access attempts are not logged, then multiple attempts to log on to the system by an unauthorized user may go undetected.System AdministratorECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-35049r2_chk

Normally, tcpd logs to the mail facility in the syslog.conf file (normally located within the /etc directory). Determine if syslog is configured to log events by tcpd. # find /etc -type f -name syslog.conf # cat &lt;path&gt;/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v “^#” | egrep “mail.debug|mail.info|mail.\*” Look for an entry similar to the following, indicating that mail alerts are being logged: mail.* /var/log/maillog If no entries for mail exist, then tcpd is not logging and this is a finding.

Fix: F-32112r1_fix

Configure the access restriction program to log every access attempt. Ensure the implementation instructions for TCP_WRAPPERS are followed so logging of system access attempts is logged into the system log files. If an alternate application is used, it must support this function.

b
The system must be configured to operate in a security mode.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000293 - V-960 - SV-38681r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000293
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0020
Vuln IDs
  • V-960
Rule IDs
  • SV-38681r2_rule
When operating in standard mode, account passwords are stored in the /etc/passwd file, which is world readable. By operating in either Trusted Mode or Standard Mode with Security Extensions, the system security posture is enhanced thru the addition of a secure, non-world readable password container other than /etc/passwd.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-2278r4_chk

For Trusted Mode: Determine if the /tcb directory tree exists. # ls -lLd /tcb If the /tcb directory tree does not exist, this is a finding. For SMSE: Determine if the userdb directory tree and the /etc/shadow file exists. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb # ls -lL /etc/shadow If both the /var/adm/userdb directory tree and the /etc/shadow file do not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33047r2_fix

SAM/SMH must be used to convert standard mode HP-UX to Trusted Mode (optional for SMSE). For Trusted Mode only: The following command may be used to “manually” convert from Standard Mode to Trusted Mode (note that its use is not vendor supported): # tsconvert -c For SMSE only: The following command may be used to “manually” create the /etc/shadow file with information from the /etc/passwd file (use of this commend is vendor supported). # pwconv Note that additional software bundles and/or patches may be required in order to completely convert a standard mode system to SMSE.

b
The HP-UX /etc/securetty must be group-owned by root, sys, or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-965 - SV-965r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0080
Vuln IDs
  • V-965
Rule IDs
  • SV-965r2_rule
Root, sys, and bin are the most privileged group accounts, by default, for most UNIX systems. If a file as sensitive as /etc/securetty is not group-owned by a privileged group, it could lead to system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2289r2_chk

ls -lL /etc/securetty

Fix: F-1119r2_fix

Change the group-owner of the /etc/securetty to root, bin, or sys. Example: # chgrp root /etc/securetty

b
The /etc/securetty file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-966 - SV-38682r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0060
Vuln IDs
  • V-966
Rule IDs
  • SV-38682r1_rule
Failure to make root the owner of sensitive files and utilities may provide unauthorized owners the potential to access and/or change sensitive information or system configurations, thus weakening the overall security posture of a site.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-37789r1_chk

Check the ownership of the /etc/securetty file. ls -lL /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty is not owned by root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1120r2_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/securetty file to root. # chown root /etc/securetty

b
The /etc/securetty file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-967 - SV-967r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0100
Vuln IDs
  • V-967
Rule IDs
  • SV-967r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the /etc/securetty file could result in unauthorized modification of the file. Changes to the file could reduce the system's security by specifying additional terminals permitted to accept root logins, or deny service by preventing root logins on authorized terminals.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2, ECLP-1
Checks: C-2290r2_chk

Check the mode of the securetty file. Example: # ls -lL /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty has a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1121r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/securetty file to 0640. Example: # chmod 0640 /etc/securetty

b
Access to the cron utility must be controlled using the cron.allow and/or cron.deny file(s).
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-974 - SV-38541r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002960
Vuln IDs
  • V-974
Rule IDs
  • SV-38541r1_rule
The cron facility allows users to execute recurring jobs on a regular and unattended basis. The cron.allow file designates accounts allowed to enter and execute jobs using the cron facility. If neither cron.allow nor cron.deny exists, then any account may use the cron facility. This may open the facility up for abuse by system intruders and malicious users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36431r1_chk

Check for the existence of the cron.allow and cron.deny files. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.allow # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If neither file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31770r1_fix

Create /var/adm/cron/cron.allow and/or /var/adm/cron/cron.deny with appropriate local content.

b
The cron.allow file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-975 - SV-38542r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002980
Vuln IDs
  • V-975
Rule IDs
  • SV-38542r1_rule
A cron.allow file, readable and/or writable by other than root, could allow potential intruders and malicious users to use the file contents to help discern information, such as who is allowed to execute cron programs, which could be harmful to overall system and network security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36432r1_chk

Check mode of the cron.allow file. Procedure: # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.allow If the file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31771r1_fix

Change the mode of the cron.allow file to 0600. Procedure: # chmod 0600 /var/adm/cron/cron.allow

b
Cron must not execute group-writable or world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-976 - SV-38543r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003000
Vuln IDs
  • V-976
Rule IDs
  • SV-38543r1_rule
If cron executes group-writable or world-writable programs, there is a possibility that unauthorized users could manipulate the programs with malicious intent. This could compromise system and network security.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36434r1_chk

List all cronjobs on the system. Procedure: # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs If cron jobs exist under any of the above directories, search for programs executed by cron. Procedure: # more &lt;cron job file&gt; Determine if the file is group-writable or world-writable. Procedure: # ls -lLa &lt;cron program file&gt; If cron executes group-writable or world-writable files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31773r1_fix

Remove the world-writable and group-writable permissions from the cron program file(s) identified. # chmod go-w <cron program file>

b
Cron must not execute programs in, or subordinate to, world-writable directories.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-977 - SV-38544r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003020
Vuln IDs
  • V-977
Rule IDs
  • SV-38544r1_rule
If cron programs are located in or subordinate to world-writable directories, they become vulnerable to removal and replacement by malicious users or system intruders.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36433r1_chk

List all cronjobs on the system. Procedure: # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs If cron jobs exist under any of the above directories, search for programs executed by cron: Procedure: # more &lt;cron job file&gt; Determine if the directory containing programs executed from cron is world-writable. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;cron program directory&gt; If cron executes programs in world-writable directories, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31772r1_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from the cron program directories identified. Procedure: # chmod o-w <cron program directory>

b
Crontab files must have mode 0600 or less permissive, and files in cron script directories must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-978 - SV-38545r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003080
Vuln IDs
  • V-978
Rule IDs
  • SV-38545r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36451r1_chk

Check the mode of the crontab files. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs If any crontab file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31790r1_fix

Change the mode of the crontab files. # chmod 0600 /var/spool/cron/crontabs/*

b
Cron and crontab directories must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-979 - SV-38546r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003100
Vuln IDs
  • V-979
Rule IDs
  • SV-38546r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36452r1_chk

Check the mode of the crontab directory. # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the mode of the crontab directory is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1133r2_fix

Change the mode of crontab directories to 0755.

b
Cron and crontab directories must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-980 - SV-38547r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003120
Vuln IDs
  • V-980
Rule IDs
  • SV-38547r1_rule
Incorrect ownership of the cron or crontab directories could permit unauthorized users the ability to alter cron jobs and run automated jobs as privileged users. Failure to give ownership of cron or crontab directories to root or to bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36453r1_chk

Check the owner of the crontab directory. # ls -ld /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the owner of the crontab directory is not root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31792r1_fix

Change the mode of the crontab directory. # chown root /var/spool/cron/crontabs

b
Cron and crontab directories must be group-owned by root, sys, bin or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-981 - SV-38548r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003140
Vuln IDs
  • V-981
Rule IDs
  • SV-38548r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. Failure to give group-ownership of cron or crontab directories to a system group provides the designated group and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36454r1_chk

Check the group owner of the crontab directories. # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the directory is not group-owned by root, sys, bin or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31793r1_fix

Change the group owner of the crontab directories to root, sys, bin or other. # chown root /var/spool/cron/crontabs

b
Cron logging must be implemented.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-982 - SV-38549r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN003160
Vuln IDs
  • V-982
Rule IDs
  • SV-38549r1_rule
Cron logging can be used to trace the successful or unsuccessful execution of cron jobs. It can also be used to spot intrusions into the use of the cron facility by unauthorized and malicious users.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36455r1_chk

# ls -lL /var/adm/cron/log If this file does not exist, or has a timestamp older than the last cron job, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31794r1_fix

Enable cron/logging on the system via: # /sbin/init.d/cron stop # mv <current cron log> <to a new location and new name> # /sbin/init.d/cron start # more /var/adm/cron/log Cron automatically handles its own logging function and (at least) the Start Time should be visible at the beginning of the new log file /var/adm/cron/log.

b
The cronlog file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-983 - SV-38550r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003180
Vuln IDs
  • V-983
Rule IDs
  • SV-38550r1_rule
Cron logs contain reports of scheduled system activities and must be protected from unauthorized access or manipulation.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-36456r1_chk

Check the mode of the cron log file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/log If the mode is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31795r1_fix

Change the mode of the cron log file. # chmod 0600 /var/adm/cron/log

b
Access to the at utility must be controlled via the at.allow and/or at.deny file(s).
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-984 - SV-35033r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003280
Vuln IDs
  • V-984
Rule IDs
  • SV-35033r1_rule
The at facility selectively allows users to execute jobs at deferred times. It is usually used for one-time jobs. The at.allow file selectively allows access to the at facility. If there is no at.allow file, there is no ready documentation of who is allowed to submit at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36457r1_chk

Check for the existence of at.allow and at.deny files. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.allow # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.deny If neither file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31796r1_fix

Create at.allow and/or at.deny files containing appropriate lists of users to be allowed or denied access to the at facility supported by the cron daemon.

b
The at.deny file must not be empty if it exists.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-985 - SV-38551r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003300
Vuln IDs
  • V-985
Rule IDs
  • SV-38551r1_rule
On some systems, if there is no at.allow file and there is an empty at.deny file, then the system assumes everyone has permission to use the at facility. This could create an insecure setting in the case of malicious users or system intruders.trueInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36458r1_chk

# more /var/adm/cron/at.deny If the at.deny file exists and is empty, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31797r1_fix

Add appropriate users to the at.deny file, or remove the empty at.deny file if an at.allow file exists.

b
Default system accounts (with the exception of root) must not be listed in the at.allow file or must be included in the at.deny file if the at.allow file does not exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-986 - SV-38552r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003320
Vuln IDs
  • V-986
Rule IDs
  • SV-38552r1_rule
Default accounts, such as bin, sys, adm, uucp, daemon, and others, should never have access to the at facility. This would create a possible vulnerability open to intruders or malicious users.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-36459r1_chk

# more /var/adm/cron/at.allow If default accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, and others) are listed in the at.allow file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31799r1_fix

Remove the default accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, and others) from the at.allow file.

b
The at.allow file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-987 - SV-38553r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003340
Vuln IDs
  • V-987
Rule IDs
  • SV-38553r1_rule
Permissions more permissive than 0600 (i.e. read, write and execute for the owner) may allow unauthorized or malicious access to the at.allow and/or at.deny files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36460r1_chk

Check the mode of the at.allow file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.allow If the at.allow file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31800r1_fix

Change the mode of the at.allow file. # chmod 0600 /var/adm/cron/at.allow

b
The at daemon must not execute group-writable or world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-988 - SV-38554r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003360
Vuln IDs
  • V-988
Rule IDs
  • SV-38554r1_rule
If the at facility executes group- or world-writable programs, it is possible for the programs to be accidentally or maliciously changed or replaced without the owner's intent or knowledge. This would cause a system security breach.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36461r1_chk

List the at jobs on the system. Procedure: # ls -lLa /var/spool/cron/atjobs For each at job file, determine which programs are executed. # more &lt;at job file&gt; Check each program executed by at for group- or world-writable permissions. # ls -lLa &lt;at program file&gt; If at executes programs that are group- or world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31801r1_fix

Remove group-write and world-write permissions from files executed by at jobs. # chmod go-w <file>

b
The at daemon must not execute programs in, or subordinate to, world-writable directories.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-989 - SV-38555r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003380
Vuln IDs
  • V-989
Rule IDs
  • SV-38555r1_rule
If at programs are located in, or subordinate, to world-writable directories, they become vulnerable to removal and replacement by malicious users or system intruders.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36462r1_chk

List any at jobs on the system. # ls -lLa /var/spool/cron/atjobs For each at job, determine which programs are executed by at. # more &lt;at job file&gt; Check the directory containing each program executed by at for world-writable permissions. # ls -lL &lt;at program file directory&gt; If at executes programs in world-writable directories, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31802r1_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from directories containing programs executed by at. # chmod o-w <at program directory>

c
SNMP communities, users, and passphrases must be changed from the default.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000178 - V-993 - SV-35172r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000178
Version
GEN005300
Vuln IDs
  • V-993
Rule IDs
  • SV-35172r1_rule
Whether active or not, default SNMP passwords, users, and passphrases must be changed to maintain security. If the service is running with the default authenticators, then anyone can gather data about the system and the network using the information to potentially compromise the integrity of the system or network(s).System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-36606r1_chk

Check the SNMP configuration for default passwords. Locate and examine the SNMP configuration. # more /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf Alternatively: # cat /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf | grep -i community Identify any community names or user password configuration. If any community name or password is set to a default value such as public, private, snmp-trap, or password, or any value which does not meet DISA password requirements, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31974r1_fix

Change the default passwords. To change them, edit the /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf file. Locate the line system-group-read-community which has a default password of public and make the password something more random (less guessable). Do the same for the lines reading system-group-write-community, read-community, write-community, trap, and trap-community. Read the information in the file carefully. The trap is defining who to send traps to, for instance, by default. It will not be a password, but the name of a host.

b
The snmpd.conf file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-994 - SV-35176r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005320
Vuln IDs
  • V-994
Rule IDs
  • SV-35176r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36612r1_chk

Check the mode of the SNMP daemon configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf If the /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31978r1_fix

Change the mode of the SNMP daemon configuration file to 0600. # chmod 0600 /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf

b
Management Information Base (MIB) files must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-995 - SV-35178r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005340
Vuln IDs
  • V-995
Rule IDs
  • SV-35178r1_rule
The ability to read the MIB file could impart special knowledge to an intruder or malicious user about the ability to extract compromising information about the system or network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36613r1_chk

Check the modes for all MIB files on the system. # find / -type f -name *.mib -exec ls -lL {} \; If any file is returned without a mode 0640 or less permissive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31979r1_fix

Change the mode of MIB files to 0640. # chmod 0640 <mib file>

a
Inetd or xinetd logging/tracing must be enabled.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000134 - V-1011 - SV-35085r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000134
Version
GEN003800
Vuln IDs
  • V-1011
Rule IDs
  • SV-35085r1_rule
Inetd or xinetd logging and tracing allows the system administrators to observe the IP addresses connecting to their machines and to observe what network services are being sought. This provides valuable information when trying to find the source of malicious users and potential malicious users.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36533r1_chk

# ps -ef | grep -v grep | egrep -i "inetd|xinetd" If the -l logging parameter is not used, this is a finding. If the (x)inetd process is not running, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-31897r1_fix

Edit the (x)inetd startup script to include the -l parameter for the internet daemon process.

c
The system must be configured to only boot from the system boot device.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-1013 - SV-38234r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008600
Vuln IDs
  • V-1013
Rule IDs
  • SV-38234r1_rule
The ability to boot from removable media is the same as being able to boot into single user, or maintenance, mode without a password. This ability could allow a malicious user to boot the system and perform changes possibly compromising or damaging the system. It could also allow the system to be used for malicious purposes by a malicious anonymous user.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36795r1_chk

HP-UX 11-v3 may be booted from the following system startup media (must have been previously configured by root): • Hard drives • CD/DVD drives (for installation) • Tape drives (for installation) • USB directly connected drives (no hubs) Determine if the system is configured to boot from devices other than the system startup media. Verification should (optimally) be performed during IPL/ISL boot. In lieu of rebooting the system, ask the SA if the system is configured to boot from devices other than system startup media. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32173r1_fix

Configure the system to only boot from system startup media. The system must first be rebooted in order to set primary and alternate boot paths for the desired system startup media.

b
The system must not run an Internet Network News (INN) server.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-1023 - SV-38236r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
GEN006240
Vuln IDs
  • V-1023
Rule IDs
  • SV-38236r1_rule
INN servers access Usenet newsfeeds and store newsgroup articles. INN servers use the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) to transfer information from the Usenet to the server and from the server to authorized remote hosts. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-36722r2_chk

Check the domain name for NIS maps. Procedure: # domainname If the name returned is simple to guess, such as the organization name, building, or room name, etc., this is a finding.

Fix: F-32085r1_fix

Disable the INN server.

b
The Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT) must be restricted to the local host or require SSL.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-1026 - SV-35211r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006080
Vuln IDs
  • V-1026
Rule IDs
  • SV-35211r1_rule
SWAT is a tool used to configure Samba. As it modifies Samba configuration, which can impact system security, it must be protected from unauthorized access. SWAT authentication may involve the root password, which must be protected by encryption when traversing the network. Restricting access to the local host allows for the use of SSH TCP forwarding, if configured, or administration by a web browser on the local system.System AdministratorEBRP-1
Checks: C-36693r3_chk

Determine if the CIFS (HP SAMBA) bundle is installed (SWAT is included). # swlist -l bundle | egrep -i "CIFS-CLIENT|CIFS-SERVER" If the HP bundle is not installed, this is not applicable. If the HP bundle is installed, ask the SA if the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT) has been configured to use SSL. If SWAT is not configured to use SSL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32068r2_fix

Disable SWAT. # chmod 0000 <path>/swat OR # rm -i <path>/swat

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1027 - SV-35213r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006100
Vuln IDs
  • V-1027
Rule IDs
  • SV-35213r1_rule
The /etc/smb.conf file allows access to other machines on the network and grants permissions to certain users. If it is owned by another user, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36694r1_chk

Check the ownership of the /etc/smb.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf If the smb.conf file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32069r1_fix

Change the ownership of the smb.conf file. # chown root /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf

b
The /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1028 - SV-35221r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006140
Vuln IDs
  • V-1028
Rule IDs
  • SV-35221r1_rule
If the smb.conf file has excessive permissions, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36697r1_chk

Check the mode of the smb.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf If the smb.conf has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32071r1_fix

Change the mode of the smb.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf

b
The smbpasswd file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1029 - SV-35225r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006160
Vuln IDs
  • V-1029
Rule IDs
  • SV-35225r1_rule
If the smbpasswd file is not owned by root, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36700r1_chk

Check the ownership of the smbpasswd file. # ls -lL /var/opt/samba/private/smbpasswd If the smbpasswd file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32074r1_fix

Use the chown command to configure the smb passwd file. # chown root <path>/smbpasswd

b
The smb.conf file must use the hosts option to restrict access to Samba.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1030 - SV-35107r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006220
Vuln IDs
  • V-1030
Rule IDs
  • SV-35107r1_rule
Samba increases the attack surface of the system and must be restricted to communicate only with systems requiring access.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36704r1_chk

Examine the smb.conf file. # cat /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | egrep "^hosts|^ hosts allow|^hosts deny" If the hosts option is not present to restrict access to a list of authorized hosts and networks, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32079r1_fix

Edit the smb.conf file and set the hosts option to permit only authorized hosts access Samba. An example might be: hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 The above will only allow SMB connections from the localhost and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and 192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon as the client sends its first packet.

b
Users must not be able to change passwords more than once every 24 hours.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000198 - V-1032 - SV-38199r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000198
Version
GEN000540
Vuln IDs
  • V-1032
Rule IDs
  • SV-38199r2_rule
The ability to change passwords frequently facilitates users reusing the same password. This can result in users effectively never changing their passwords. This would be accomplished by users changing their passwords when required and then immediately changing it to the original value.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36255r3_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the “u_minchg” attribute in the users TS database entry. Individual user: # export PATH=$PATH:/usr/lbin # getprpw -r -m mintm &lt;USER&gt; All users: # logins -o -x | awk -F: '{print $1” “$10}' If the value is less than 1 for any user, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MINDAYS attribute. # grep PASSWORD_MINDAYS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If the attribute PASSWORD_MINDAYS is less than 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31512r2_fix

For both Trusted Mode and SMSE: Use the SAM/SMH interface to ensure that password changes are restricted to no less than once every 24 hours. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to ensure that password changes are restricted to no less than once every 24 hours. See the below example: PASSWORD_MINDAYS=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

c
Root passwords must never be passed over a network in clear text form.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000197 - V-1046 - SV-38240r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000197
Version
GEN001100
Vuln IDs
  • V-1046
Rule IDs
  • SV-38240r1_rule
If a user accesses the root account (or any account) using an unencrypted connection, the password is passed over the network in clear text form and is subject to interception and misuse. This is true even if recommended procedures are followed by logging on to a named account and using the su command to access root.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36280r1_chk

Perform the following to determine if root has logged in over an unencrypted network connection. The first command determines if root has logged in over a network. The second will check to see if the SSH daemon is running. Procedure: # last -R | grep "^root " | egrep -v "reboot|console" | more # ps -ef |grep sshd If the output from the last command shows root has logged in over the network and sshd is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31537r1_fix

Enable SSH on the system and use it for all remote connections used to attain root access.

b
The system must not permit root logins using remote access programs such as SSH.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-1047 - SV-38207r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN001120
Vuln IDs
  • V-1047
Rule IDs
  • SV-38207r1_rule
Even though communications are encrypted, an additional layer of security may be gained by extending the policy of not logging directly on as root. In addition, logging in with a user-specific account preserves the audit trail.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-36279r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=PermitRootLogin Required arg(s)=no Default arg values include: "yes" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; are not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "PermitRootLogin" If the return value is yes, without-password or forced-commands-only, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24426r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and set the PermitRootLogin option to no.

b
Audio devices must have mode 0660 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1048 - SV-38241r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002320
Vuln IDs
  • V-1048
Rule IDs
  • SV-38241r1_rule
Globally accessible audio and video devices have proven to be another security hazard. There is software capable of activating system microphones and video devices connected to user workstations and/or X terminals. Once the microphone has been activated, it is possible to eavesdrop on otherwise private conversations without the victim being aware of it. This action effectively changes the user's microphone into a bugging device.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36418r1_chk

Check the mode of audio device files. Determine audio devices and class identifiers, i.e., audio should be listed as audio. # ioscan Determine audio device special files. # ioscan -fn -C &lt;audio class ID from the above command output&gt; Determine the device file mode. # ls -lL &lt;device special file&gt; If the mode of any audio device file is more permissive than 0660, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31756r1_fix

Change the mode of audio devices. # chmod 0660 <audio device>

b
Audio devices must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1049 - SV-38242r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002340
Vuln IDs
  • V-1049
Rule IDs
  • SV-38242r1_rule
Globally accessible audio and video devices have proven to be another security hazard. There is software capable of activating system microphones and video devices connected to user workstations and/or X terminals. Once the microphone has been activated, it is possible to eavesdrop on otherwise private conversations without the victim being aware of it. This action effectively changes the user's microphone into a bugging device.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36419r1_chk

Check the owner of audio devices. Determine audio devices and class identifiers, i.e., audio should be listed as audio. # ioscan Determine audio device special files. # ioscan -fn -C &lt;audio class ID from the above command output&gt; Determine the device file mode. # ls -lL &lt;device special file&gt; If the owner of any audio device file is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31757r1_fix

Change the owner of the audio device. # chown root <audio device>

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1056 - SV-35219r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006120
Vuln IDs
  • V-1056
Rule IDs
  • SV-35219r1_rule
If the group-owner of the smb.conf file is not root or a system group, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35063r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the smb.conf file. # find / -type f -name smb.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the smb.conf file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30350r1_fix

Change the group owner of the "smb.conf" file. # chgrp root /etc/samba/smb.conf

b
The smbpasswd file must be group-owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1058 - SV-37880r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006180
Vuln IDs
  • V-1058
Rule IDs
  • SV-37880r1_rule
If the smbpasswd file is not group-owned by root, it may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-37107r1_chk

Check smbpasswd ownership: # ls -lL /var/opt/samba/private/smbpasswd If the smbpasswd file is not group-owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32374r1_fix

Use the chgrp command to ensure that the group owner of the smbpasswd file is root. # chgrp root <path>/smbpasswd

b
The smbpasswd file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1059 - SV-37883r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006200
Vuln IDs
  • V-1059
Rule IDs
  • SV-37883r1_rule
If the smbpasswd file has a mode more permissive than 0600, it may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-37108r1_chk

Check the mode of files maintained using smbpasswd. # ls -lL /var/opt/samba/private/smbpasswd If the smbpasswd file is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32376r1_fix

Change the mode of the smbpasswd file to 0600. # chmod 0600 <path>/smbpasswd

b
Audio devices must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1061 - SV-27252r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002360
Vuln IDs
  • V-1061
Rule IDs
  • SV-27252r1_rule
Without privileged group owners, audio devices will be vulnerable to being used as eaves-dropping devices by malicious users or intruders possibly listening to conversations containing sensitive information. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28284r1_chk

Check the group-owner of audio devices. Procedure: # /usr/sbin/ioscan -f # ls -lL &lt;audio device file&gt; If the group-owner of an audio device is not root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1215r2_fix

Change the group owner of the audio device. Procedure: # chgrp system <audio device>

a
The root shell must be located in the / file system.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-1062 - SV-38208r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001080
Vuln IDs
  • V-1062
Rule IDs
  • SV-38208r1_rule
To ensure the root shell is available in repair and administrative modes, the root shell must be located in the / file system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36281r1_chk

Determine if the root shell is located on / (IE: a non-mounted file system). # cat /etc/passwd | grep "^root:" | awk -F ":" '{print $NF}' # grep &lt;shell location from above&gt; /etc/fstab If the root shell is located on a mountable file system listed in /etc/fstab, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31538r1_fix

Change the root account's shell to one present on the / file system.

b
Graphical desktop environments provided by the system must automatically lock after 15 minutes of inactivity and must require users to re-authenticate to unlock the environment.
AC-11 - Medium - CCI-000057 - V-4083 - SV-38416r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000057
Version
GEN000500
Vuln IDs
  • V-4083
Rule IDs
  • SV-38416r2_rule
If graphical desktop sessions do not lock the session after 15 minutes of inactivity, requiring re-authentication to resume operations, the system or individual data could be compromised by an alert intruder who could exploit the oversight. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices as well as to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems, including thin clients.System Administrator
Checks: C-36256r2_chk

If a graphical desktop environment is not installed on the system, this is not applicable. Examine the dtsession timeout variable setting. # cat /etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources | grep -i dtsession | grep -i lockTimeout If the dtsession timeout is higher than 15, commented or does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31513r2_fix

Configure the CDE lock manager to lock your screen after a certain amount of inactive time. To configure the CDE lock manager to lock the screen after 15 minutes of inactive time, enter the following commands (ensure to NOT overwrite an existing file): # cp /usr/dt/config/C/sys.resources /etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources # vi /etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources Locate and add/uncomment/change the line to N=15 dtsession*lockTimeout: <N> dtsession*lockTimeout: 15 Log out of CDE and log back in to verify the timeout is in effect.

b
The system must prohibit the reuse of passwords within five iterations.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000200 - V-4084 - SV-38417r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000200
Version
GEN000800
Vuln IDs
  • V-4084
Rule IDs
  • SV-38417r2_rule
If a user, or root, used the same password continuously or was allowed to change it back shortly after being forced to change it, this would provide a potential intruder with the opportunity to keep guessing at one user's password until it was guessed correctly.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36283r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH setting. # cat /etc/default/security | grep PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH If PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH is not set to 5 or greater, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH setting. # grep PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH is not set to 5 or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31540r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /etc/default/security file and update the PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=5 If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=5 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
User start-up files must not execute world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4087 - SV-38418r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001940
Vuln IDs
  • V-4087
Rule IDs
  • SV-38418r1_rule
If start-up files execute world-writable programs, especially in unprotected directories, they could be maliciously modified to become Trojans destroying user files or otherwise compromise the system at the user level or higher. If the system is compromised at the user level, it is much easier to eventually compromise the system at the root and network level.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-36370r1_chk

Check local initialization files for any executed world-writable programs or scripts. Procedure: # more /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.* # ls -alL &lt;program or script&gt; If any local initialization file executes a world-writable program or script, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31707r1_fix

Remove the world-writable permission of files referenced by local initialization scripts, or remove the references to these files in the local initialization scripts.

b
All system start-up files must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4089 - SV-38420r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001660
Vuln IDs
  • V-4089
Rule IDs
  • SV-38420r1_rule
System start-up files not owned by root could lead to system compromise by allowing malicious users or applications to modify them for unauthorized purposes. This could lead to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36372r2_chk

System start-up files are identified as follows: Run control scripts reside in the /sbin/init.d directory. Links to the run control scripts exist in the /sbin/rc*.d directories. Run control configuration files exist in the /etc/rc.config.d directory. Check all system start-up script file ownership. # ls -lL /sbin/init.d/* /sbin/rc*.d/* /etc/rc.config.d/* If any system start-up script file is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31709r1_fix

Change the ownership of the run control script(s) with incorrect ownership. # chown root <run control script>

b
All system startup files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4090 - SV-38421r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4090
Rule IDs
  • SV-38421r1_rule
If system startup files do not have a group owner of root or a system group, the files may be modified by malicious users or intruders.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36373r2_chk

System start-up files are identified as follows: Run control scripts reside in the /sbin/init.d directory. Links to the run control scripts exist in the /sbin/rc*.d directories. Run control script configuration files exist in the /etc/rc.config.d directory. Check system start-up script file group ownership. # ls -lL /sbin/init.d/* /etc/rc.config.d/* /etc/rc.config.d/* If any system start-up script file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31711r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the run control script(s) with incorrect group ownership. Procedure: # chgrp root <run control script>

b
System start-up files must only execute programs owned by a privileged UID or an application.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4091 - SV-38422r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001700
Vuln IDs
  • V-4091
Rule IDs
  • SV-38422r1_rule
System start-up files that execute programs owned by other than root (or another privileged user) or an application indicate that the system may have been compromised.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36374r2_chk

Determine the ownership of programs executed by system start-up files. # more `ls -alL /sbin/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " "` If any executed program is not owned by root, sys, bin, or in rare cases, an application account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31712r2_fix

Change the ownership of the file executed from system startup scripts to root, bin, sys, or the application account, where required. # chown root <executed file>

b
System BIOS or system controllers supporting password protection must have administrator accounts/passwords configured, and no others.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-4246 - SV-38423r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN008620
Vuln IDs
  • V-4246
Rule IDs
  • SV-38423r1_rule
A system's BIOS or system controller handles the initial startup of a system and its configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification. When the BIOS or system controller supports the creation of user accounts or passwords, such protections must be used and accounts/passwords only assigned to system administrators. Failure to protect BIOS or system controller settings could result in Denial of Service or compromise of the system resulting from unauthorized configuration changes.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36797r1_chk

On systems with a BIOS or system controller, verify a supervisor or administrator password is set. If a password is not set, this is a finding. Attempt to log into the system controller first using the user/pwd format of Admin/Admin, then as Oper/Oper. Also, depending upon the MP/SP/GSP, it may also allow for simple carriage return entry &lt;CR&gt;/&lt;CR&gt; if account(s)/password(s) are uninitialized. If the BIOS or system controller supports user-level access in addition to supervisor/administrator access, determine if this access is enabled. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32174r1_fix

Access the system's BIOS or system controller. Set a supervisor/administrator password if one has not been set. Disable a user-level password if one has been set.

c
The system must not use removable media as the boot loader.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4247 - SV-38424r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4247
Rule IDs
  • SV-38424r1_rule
Malicious users with removable boot media can gain access to a system configured to use removable media as the boot loader.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-40611r1_chk

Ask the SA if the system uses removable media for the boot loader. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32175r1_fix

Configure the system to use a bootloader installed on fixed media.

c
If the system boots from removable media, it must be stored in a safe or similarly secured container.
SC-32 - High - CCI-001208 - V-4255 - SV-38425r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN008680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4255
Rule IDs
  • SV-38425r1_rule
Storing the boot loader on removable media in an insecure location could allow a malicious user to modify the systems boot instructions or boot to an insecure operating system.Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorPESS-1
Checks: C-36799r1_chk

Ask the SA if the system boots from removable media. If so, ask if the boot media is stored in a secure container when not in use. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32176r1_fix

Store the system boot media in a secure container when not in use.

b
The system must not have unnecessary accounts.
AC-2 - Medium - CCI-000012 - V-4269 - SV-38426r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000012
Version
GEN000290
Vuln IDs
  • V-4269
Rule IDs
  • SV-38426r1_rule
Accounts providing no operational purpose provide additional opportunities for system compromise. Unnecessary accounts include user accounts for individuals not requiring access to the system and application accounts for applications not installed on the system.System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-36257r1_chk

Check the system for unnecessary user accounts. Procedure: # more /etc/passwd Some examples of unnecessary accounts include games, news, gopher, ftp and lp. If any unnecessary accounts are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31514r1_fix

Remove all unnecessary accounts (such as games) from the /etc/password file before connecting a system to the network. Accounts such as news and gopher associated with a service not in use should also be removed.

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4273 - SV-35114r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006260
Vuln IDs
  • V-4273
Rule IDs
  • SV-35114r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34958r1_chk

Locate/check the hosts.nntp permissions. # find / -type f -name hosts.nntp | xargs -n1 ls -lL If hosts.nntp has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30262r1_fix

Change the mode of the hosts.nntp file to 0600. # chmod 0600 <path>/hosts.nntp

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4274 - SV-35116r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006280
Vuln IDs
  • V-4274
Rule IDs
  • SV-35116r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp.nolimit file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34960r1_chk

Check hosts.nntp.nolimit permissions. # find / -type f -name hosts.nntp.nolimit | xargs -n1 ls -lL If hosts.nntp.nolimit has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30264r1_fix

Change the mode of hosts.nntp.nolimit to 0600. # chmod 0600 <path>/hosts.nntp.nolimit

b
The /etc/news/nnrp.access (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4275 - SV-35118r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006300
Vuln IDs
  • V-4275
Rule IDs
  • SV-35118r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the nnrp.access file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34971r1_chk

Check nnrp.access permissions. # find / -type f -name nnrp.access | xargs -n1 ls -lL If nnrp.access has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30266r1_fix

Change the mode of the nnrp.access file to 0600. # chmod 0600 <path>/nnrp.access

b
The /etc/news/passwd.nntp file (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4276 - SV-35120r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006320
Vuln IDs
  • V-4276
Rule IDs
  • SV-35120r1_rule
File permissions more permissive than 0600 for /etc/news/passwd.nntp may allow access to privileged information by system intruders or malicious users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34978r1_chk

Check passwd.nntp permissions. # find / -type f -name passwd.nntp | xargs -n1 ls -lL If passwd.nntp has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30272r1_fix

Change the mode of the passwd.nntp file. # chmod 0600 <path>/passwd.nntp

b
Files in /var/news must be owned by root or news.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4277 - SV-35122r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006340
Vuln IDs
  • V-4277
Rule IDs
  • SV-35122r1_rule
If critical system files are not owned by a privileged user, system integrity could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34980r4_chk

Check the ownership of the files in news. # find /var/news -type f | xargs -n1 ls -lL If any files are not owned by root or news, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30274r1_fix

Change the ownership of the files in <path>/news to root or news. # chown root <path>/news/*

b
The files in /var/news must be group-owned by root or news.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4278 - SV-35126r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006360
Vuln IDs
  • V-4278
Rule IDs
  • SV-35126r1_rule
If critical system files do not have a privileged group-owner, system integrity could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34984r3_chk

Check news files group ownership. # find /var/news -type f | xargs -n1 ls -lL If news files are not group-owned by root or news, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30278r1_fix

Change the group owner of the files in news to root or news. # chgrp root <path>/news/*

b
The HP-UX AUDOMON_ARGS attribute must be explicitly initialized.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-4290 - SV-38429r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0040
Vuln IDs
  • V-4290
Rule IDs
  • SV-38429r2_rule
The minimal set of auditing requirements necessary to collect useful forensics data and provide user help when violations are detected must be configured.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36226r2_chk

Check the /etc/rc.config.d/auditing file AUDOMON_ARGS settings: # cat /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | tr “\011” “ “ | tr -s “ “ | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' grep -v “#” The above command should return a single line with the following information: AUDOMON_ARGS=“-p 20, -t 1, -w 90” If “p”, “t”, or “w” flags are not set to “20”, “1”, and “90”, respectively, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31485r2_fix

Edit the /etc/rc.config.d/auditing file and insert the following line: AUDOMON_ARGS=“-p 20, -t 1, -w 90” Restart auditing: # /sbin/init.d/auditing stop # /sbin/init.d/auditing start

c
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use the SSHv2 protocol.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-4295 - SV-35209r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005500
Vuln IDs
  • V-4295
Rule IDs
  • SV-35209r1_rule
SSHv1 is not a DoD-approved protocol and has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH daemon could provide immediate root access to the system.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-35053r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Protocol Required arg(s)=2 Default arg values include: "2,1" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; are not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "Protocol" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " If the return value is "1" or "2,1" (double quotes are for emphasis only) , this is a finding.

Fix: F-30340r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and modify the Protocol line entry to appear as follows: Protocol 2

b
Remote consoles must be disabled or protected from unauthorized access.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000070 - V-4298 - SV-27148r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000070
Version
GEN001000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4298
Rule IDs
  • SV-27148r2_rule
The remote console feature provides an additional means of access to the system which could allow unauthorized access if not disabled or properly secured. With virtualization technologies, remote console access is essential as there is no physical console for virtual machines. Remote console access must be protected in the same manner as any other remote privileged access method.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-28074r3_chk

Check /etc/securetty # more /etc/securetty If the /etc/securetty file does not exist, or contains other than "console" or "/dev/null" this is a finding.

Fix: F-24422r4_fix

If the /etc/securetty file does not exist, create the file containing only the word console and ensure correct file properties. # echo “console” > /etc/securetty

b
The system clock must be synchronized to an authoritative DoD time source.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-001492 - V-4301 - SV-38428r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001492
Version
GEN000240
Vuln IDs
  • V-4301
Rule IDs
  • SV-38428r1_rule
To assure the accuracy of the system clock, it must be synchronized with an authoritative time source within DoD. Many system functions, including time-based login and activity restrictions, automated reports, system logs, and audit records depend on an accurate system clock. If there is no confidence in the correctness of the system clock, time-based functions may not operate as intended and records may be of diminished value. Authoritative time sources include authorized time servers within the enclave synchronized with upstream authoritative sources. Specific requirements for the upstream synchronization of Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers are covered in the Network Other Devices STIG. For systems located on isolated or closed networks, it is not necessary to synchronize with a global authoritative time source. If a global authoritative time source is not available to systems on an isolated network, a local authoritative time source must be established on this network and used by the systems connected to this network. This is necessary to provide the ability to correlate events and allow for the correct operation of time-dependent protocols between systems on the isolated network. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36233r4_chk

Check Content: Check the root crontab for ntpdate jobs running at least daily. If cron is used, this command must return a line with the following required format: columns 3, 4, and 5 must be an asterisk (*) for the job to be run daily. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate OR Check that ntpd is used for system clock synchronization. If ntpd is used, this command must return a line starting with an asterisk followed by the name of the remote host that the local system is synchronized with. # ntpq -p | grep "^*" If the system clock is not being synchronized continuously (via ntpd) or at least daily (via cron), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31492r2_fix

Use a local authoritative time server synchronizing to an authorized DoD time source. Ensure all systems in the facility feed from one or more local time servers feeding from the authoritative time server. View the current system (x)ntpd man page for a detailed discussion of configuration option details: # man xntpd Create/edit the ntp.conf file, delete any non-local and/or non-U.S. DoD sources and insert the local or an authoritative U.S. DoD source. Example /etc/ntp.conf file: # # server : ntp server used (poll) to obtain time server <IP or hostname for 1st server> server <IP or hostname for 2nd server> # # peer : a peer relationship with another ntp server peer <IP or hostname for ntp peer> # # driftfile : track local clock time (drift of the local clock) driftfile <drift file name, default is /etc/ntp.drift> Stop/restart (x)ntpd. The default system script to start ntp should be found in the system startup directory /sbin/init.d : # /sbin/init.d/xntpd start

b
The root file system must employ journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency.
CP-10 - Medium - CCI-000553 - V-4304 - SV-35057r1_rule
RMF Control
CP-10
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000553
Version
GEN003640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4304
Rule IDs
  • SV-35057r1_rule
File system journaling, or logging, can allow reconstruction of file system data after a system crash, thus, preserving the integrity of data that may have otherwise been lost. Journaling file systems typically do not require consistency checks upon booting after a crash, which can improve system availability. Some file systems employ other mechanisms to ensure consistency which also satisfy this requirement.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-34927r1_chk

Logging should be enabled for those types of files systems that do not turn on logging by default. # mount Alternatively: # cat /etc/fstab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ cut -f 2,3 -d " " | grep "/ " | grep -c -i "vxfs" If the above command return value is 1, vxfs journaling is in use, this is not a finding. JFS, VXFS, HFS, XFS, reiserfs, EXT3 and EXT4 all turn logging on by default and will not be a finding. The ZFS file system uses other mechanisms to provide for file system consistency, and will not be a finding. For other file systems types, if the root file system does not have the logging option, this is a finding. If the nolog option is set on the root file system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30232r1_fix

Implement file system journaling for the root file system, or use a file system that uses other mechanisms to ensure file system consistency. If the root file system supports journaling, enable it. If the file system does not support journaling or another mechanism to ensure file system consistency, a migration to a different file system will be necessary.

b
The system must not run Samba unless needed.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-4321 - SV-35208r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006060
Vuln IDs
  • V-4321
Rule IDs
  • SV-35208r1_rule
Samba is a tool used for the sharing of files and printers between Windows and UNIX operating systems. It provides access to sensitive files and, therefore, poses a security risk if compromised.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36692r1_chk

Check the system for a running Samba server. # ps -ef |grep -v grep | grep smbd If the Samba server is running, ask the SA if the Samba server is operationally required. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32067r1_fix

If there is no functional need for Samba and the daemon is running, disable the daemon by killing the process ID as noted from the output of ps -ef |grep smbd. The utility should also be removed or not installed if there is no functional requirement.

b
Audit logs must be rotated daily.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4357 - SV-38427r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002860
Vuln IDs
  • V-4357
Rule IDs
  • SV-38427r1_rule
Rotate audit logs daily to preserve audit file system space and to conform to the DoD requirement. If it is not rotated daily and moved to another location, then there is more of a chance for the compromise of audit data by malicious users.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36435r1_chk

Check for a crontab entry that rotates audit logs. # crontab -l If any cron job to rotate audit logs is found, this is not a finding. Otherwise, query the SA. If there is a process that automatically rotates audit logs, this is not a finding. If the SA manually rotates audit logs, this is still a finding, because if the SA is not there, it will not be accomplished. If the audit output is not archived daily, to tape or disk, this is a finding. This can be ascertained by looking at the audit log directory and, if more than one file is there, or if the file does not have today's date, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31774r1_fix

Configure a cron job or other automated process to rotate the audit logs on a daily basis.

b
The cron.deny file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4358 - SV-38430r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003200
Vuln IDs
  • V-4358
Rule IDs
  • SV-38430r1_rule
If file permissions for cron.deny are more permissive than 0600, sensitive information could be viewed or edited by unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36463r1_chk

Check the mode of the cron.deny file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If the cron.deny file is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31803r1_fix

Change the mode of the cron.deny file. # chmod 0600 /var/adm/cron/cron.deny

a
Cron programs must not set the umask to a value less restrictive than 077.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-4360 - SV-38431r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003220
Vuln IDs
  • V-4360
Rule IDs
  • SV-38431r1_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask is often represented as a 4-digit octal number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0.trueIf a cron program sets the umask to 000 or does not restrict the world-writable permission, this becomes a CAT I finding.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36464r1_chk

Determine if there are any crontabs by viewing a long listing of the directory. If there are crontabs, examine them to determine what cron jobs exist. Check for any programs specifying an umask. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs # cat &lt;crontab file&gt; # grep umask &lt;cron program&gt; If there are no cron jobs present, this vulnerability is not applicable. If any cron job contains an umask value more permissive than 077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31804r1_fix

Edit cron script files and modify the umask to 077.

b
The cron.allow file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4361 - SV-38432r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003240
Vuln IDs
  • V-4361
Rule IDs
  • SV-38432r1_rule
If the owner of the cron.allow file is not set to root, bin, or sys, the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or to edit sensitive information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36465r1_chk

# ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.allow If the cron.allow file is not owned by root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31807r1_fix

# chown root /var/adm/cron/cron.allow

b
The at directory must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4364 - SV-38433r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003400
Vuln IDs
  • V-4364
Rule IDs
  • SV-38433r1_rule
If the at directory has a mode more permissive than 0755, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or to edit files containing sensitive information within the at directory. Unauthorized modifications could result in Denial of Service to authorized at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36466r1_chk

Check the mode of the at directory. # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs /var/spool/at If the directory mode is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31808r1_fix

Change the mode of the at directory to 0755. # chmod 0755 <at directory>

b
The at directory must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4365 - SV-38434r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003420
Vuln IDs
  • V-4365
Rule IDs
  • SV-38434r1_rule
If the owner of the at directory is not root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit files containing sensitive information within the directory.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36467r1_chk

Check the ownership of the at directory: # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs /var/spool/at If the directory exists and is not owned by root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31809r1_fix

Change the owner of the existing at directory to root, bin, or sys. # chown root <at directory> (Replace root with another system group and/or <at directory> with a different at directory as necessary.)

b
"At" jobs must not set the umask to a value less restrictive than 077.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4366 - SV-34996r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003440
Vuln IDs
  • V-4366
Rule IDs
  • SV-34996r1_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask is often represented as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0.trueSystem AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-34871r1_chk

Determine what at jobs exist on the system. Procedure: # ls /var/spool/cron/atjobs If there are no at jobs present, this is not applicable. Determine if any of the at jobs or any scripts referenced execute the umask command. Check for any umask setting more permissive than 077. # grep -n umask &lt;at job or referenced script&gt; If any at job or referenced script sets umask to a value more permissive than 077, this is a finding. NOTE: The at facility will set the execution environment umask to 022. A grep of the at file will normally yield a line in the file that may look like umask 2. When examining any at job command file, this should not be mistaken for a user defined umask (re-)setting.

Fix: F-30201r1_fix

Edit at jobs or referenced scripts to remove umask commands setting the umask value more permissive than 077.

b
The at.allow file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4367 - SV-34997r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003460
Vuln IDs
  • V-4367
Rule IDs
  • SV-34997r1_rule
If the owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, sys, or bin, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34872r1_chk

# ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.allow If the at.allow file is not owned by root, sys or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30202r1_fix

Change the owner of the at.allow file. # chown root /var/adm/cron/at.allow

b
The at.deny file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4368 - SV-34998r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003480
Vuln IDs
  • V-4368
Rule IDs
  • SV-34998r1_rule
If the owner of the at.deny file is not set to root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34873r1_chk

# ls -lL /usr/lib/cron/at.deny If the at.deny file is not owned by root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30203r1_fix

Change the owner of the at.deny file. # chown root /usr/lib/cron/at.deny

b
The traceroute command owner must be root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4369 - SV-35151r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003960
Vuln IDs
  • V-4369
Rule IDs
  • SV-35151r1_rule
If the traceroute command owner has not been set to root, an unauthorized user could use this command to obtain knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35008r2_chk

# ls -lL /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute If the traceroute command is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30302r2_fix

Change the owner of the traceroute command to root. # chown root /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute

b
The traceroute command must be group-owned by sys, bin, root, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4370 - SV-35154r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003980
Vuln IDs
  • V-4370
Rule IDs
  • SV-35154r1_rule
If the group owner of the traceroute command has not been set to a system group, unauthorized users could have access to the command and use it to gain information regarding a network's topology inside of the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35010r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the traceroute file. Procedure: # ls -lL /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute If the traceroute command is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30305r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the traceroute command to root. See the following example: # chgrp root /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute

b
The traceroute file must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4371 - SV-38435r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4371
Rule IDs
  • SV-38435r1_rule
If the mode of the traceroute executable is more permissive than 0700, malicious code could be inserted by an attacker and triggered whenever the traceroute command is executed by authorized users. Additionally, if an unauthorized user is granted executable permissions to the traceroute command, it could be used to gain information about the network topology behind the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36553r1_chk

# ls -lL /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute If the traceroute command has a mode more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31919r1_fix

Change the mode of the traceroute command. # chmod 0700 /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute

c
Administrative accounts must not run a Web browser, except as needed for local service administration.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4382 - SV-35158r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004220
Vuln IDs
  • V-4382
Rule IDs
  • SV-35158r1_rule
If a Web browser flaw is exploited while running as a privileged user, the entire system could be compromised. Specific exceptions for local service administration should be documented in site-defined policy. These exceptions may include HTTP(S)-based tools used for the administration of the local system, services, or attached devices. Examples of possible exceptions are HP’s System Management Homepage (SMH), the Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) administrative interface, and Sun's StorageTek Common Array Manager (CAM) when these services are running on the local system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35012r4_chk

Look in the root account home directory for a .netscape or a .mozilla directory. If none exists, this is not a finding. If there is one, verify with the root users and the IAO what the intent of the browsing is. Some evidence may be obtained by using the browser to view cached pages under the .netscape directory. # find `cat /etc/passwd | grep "^root" | cut -f 6,6 -d ":"` -type d \( -name \.mozilla -o -name .netscape \) If the find command returns any output for either browser directories, this is a finding. After the fact, it should be verified with the root users and the IAO what official business function(s) the browsers support and that it has been correctly documented.

Fix: F-30307r1_fix

Enforce policy requiring administrative accounts use Web browsers only for local service administration.

a
The SMTP service's SMTP greeting must not provide version information.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4384 - SV-38436r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004560
Vuln IDs
  • V-4384
Rule IDs
  • SV-38436r1_rule
The version of the SMTP service can be used by attackers to plan an attack based on vulnerabilities present in the specific version.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36570r1_chk

To check for the Sendmail version being displayed in the greeting: # telnet localhost 25 If a version number is displayed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31938r1_fix

Ensure Sendmail or its equivalent has been configured to mask the version information. If necessary, change the O SmtpGreetingMessage line in the /etc/sendmail.cf file as noted below: O SmtpGreetingMessage=$j Sendmail $v/$Z; $b change it to: O SmtpGreetingMessage= Mail Server Ready ; $b Then restart the Sendmail service.

b
The system must not use .forward files.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4385 - SV-35061r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004580
Vuln IDs
  • V-4385
Rule IDs
  • SV-35061r1_rule
The .forward file allows users to automatically forward mail to another system. Use of .forward files could allow the unauthorized forwarding of mail and could potentially create mail loops which could degrade system performance.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36571r1_chk

Search for any .forward files (typically found in a user's home directory) on the system by: # find / -type f -name .forward This is considered a finding if any .forward files are found on the system.

Fix: F-31939r1_fix

Remove .forward files from the system.

c
Anonymous FTP accounts must not have a functional shell.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4387 - SV-35106r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4387
Rule IDs
  • SV-35106r1_rule
If an anonymous FTP account has been configured to use a functional shell, attackers could gain access to the shell if the account is compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36588r1_chk

Check the shell for the anonymous FTP account. # cat /etc/passwd | grep "^ftp" | cut -f 7,7 -d ":" | \ egrep -c -i "\/bin\/false|\/dev\/null|\/usr\/bin\/false|\/bin\/true|\/sbin\/nologin" This is a finding if the seventh field is empty (the entry ends with a colon[:]) or if the seventh field does not contain one of the following: /bin/false /dev/null /usr/bin/false /bin/true /sbin/nologin

Fix: F-31956r1_fix

Configure anonymous FTP accounts to use a non-functional shell. If necessary, edit the /etc/passwd file to remove any functioning shells associated with the FTP account and replace them with non-functioning shells, such as /dev/null.

b
The anonymous FTP account must be configured to use chroot or a similarly isolated environment.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4388 - SV-35108r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005020
Vuln IDs
  • V-4388
Rule IDs
  • SV-35108r1_rule
If an anonymous FTP account does not use a chroot or similarly isolated environment, the system may be more vulnerable to exploits against the FTP service. Such exploits could allow an attacker to gain shell access to the system and view, edit, or remove sensitive files.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36590r2_chk

Is FTP installed? # ls -lL /usr/lbin/ftpd If ftpd is not installed, this is not a finding. If ftpd is installed, determine if there is an anonymous ftp user configured in /etc/passwd. # cat /etc/passwd | egrep -c "^ftp|^anonymous" The /etc/passwd file, home directory entry for the anonymous FTP user should appear as the following example: ftp:4rL2xXxDatENY:509:159::/home/ftp/./:/usr/bin/false If there is an anonymous ftp user configured in /etc/passwd, determine if the ftp/anonymous user's home directory entry in the /etc/passwd file configured for chroot? # cat /etc/passwd | egrep "^ftp|^anonymous" | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" A dot (.) in field 6 of the FTP /etc/passwd file determines where the chroot will be performed. In the above example, the new root directory is /home/ftp. If an anonymous ftp user is found and the above command does not return an absolute path with a home directory of "dot" (see the above example), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31957r2_fix

Using the HP-SMH, configure the anonymous FTP service to operate in a chroot environment.

b
If the system is a Network Management System (NMS) server, it must only run the NMS and any software required by the NMS.
SC-32 - Medium - CCI-001208 - V-4392 - SV-35181r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN005380
Vuln IDs
  • V-4392
Rule IDs
  • SV-35181r1_rule
Installing extraneous software on a system designated as a dedicated NMS server poses a security threat to the system and the network. Should an attacker gain access to the NMS through unauthorized software, the entire network may be susceptible to malicious activity.System AdministratorDCPA-1
Checks: C-35026r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Ask the SA if this is an NMS server. If it is an NMS server, then ask what other applications run on it. If there is anything other than network management software and DBMS software used only for the storage and inquiry of NMS data, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30318r1_fix

Ensure only authorized software is loaded on a designated NMS server. Authorized software is limited to the NMS software itself, a database management system for the NMS server if necessary, and network management software.

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4393 - SV-38437r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005400
Vuln IDs
  • V-4393
Rule IDs
  • SV-38437r1_rule
If the /etc/syslog.conf file is not owned by bin, unauthorized users could be allowed to view, edit, or delete important system messages handled by the syslog facility.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36621r1_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf ownership. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If either /etc/syslog.conf is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31988r1_fix

Use the chown command to set the owner to bin. # chown bin /etc/syslog.conf

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4394 - SV-35186r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005420
Vuln IDs
  • V-4394
Rule IDs
  • SV-35186r1_rule
If the group owner of /etc/syslog.conf is not root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be permitted to view, edit, or delete important system messages handled by the syslog facility.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35030r1_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf group ownership. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If /etc/syslog.conf is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30322r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/syslog.conf file to root, bin, sys, or other. # chgrp root /etc/syslog.conf

b
The system must only use remote syslog servers (log hosts) justified and documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4395 - SV-35192r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005460
Vuln IDs
  • V-4395
Rule IDs
  • SV-35192r1_rule
If a remote log host is in use and it has not been justified and documented with the IAO, sensitive information could be obtained by unauthorized users without the SA's knowledge. A remote log host is any host to which the system is sending syslog messages over a network.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-35037r1_chk

Examine the syslog.conf file for any references to remote log hosts. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep "\@" Destinations beginning with the @ symbol represent log hosts. If the log host name is a local alias such as loghost, consult the /etc/hosts or other name databases as necessary to obtain the canonical name or address for the log host. Determine if the host referenced is a log host documented using site-defined procedures. If an undocumented log host is referenced, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30328r1_fix

Remove or document the referenced undocumented log host.

b
The system must be configured with a default gateway for IPv4 if the system uses IPv4, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4397 - SV-30080r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005560
Vuln IDs
  • V-4397
Rule IDs
  • SV-30080r1_rule
If a system has no default gateway defined, the system is at increased risk of man-in-the-middle, monitoring, and Denial of Service attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36669r1_chk

Check the system for an IPv4 default route. # netstat -r |grep default If a default route is not defined, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32042r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/netconf and add configuration for a default route. For a default gateway of 192.168.3.1: ROUTE_DESTINATION[0]=default ROUTE_MASK[0]="" ROUTE_GATEWAY[0]=192.168.3.1 ROUTE_COUNT[0]=1 ROUTE_ARGS[0]="" Restart the system for the setting to take effect.

b
A system used for routing must not run other network services or applications.
SC-32 - Medium - CCI-001208 - V-4398 - SV-35156r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN005580
Vuln IDs
  • V-4398
Rule IDs
  • SV-35156r1_rule
Installing extraneous software on a system designated as a dedicated router poses a security threat to the system and the network. Should an attacker gain access to the router through the unauthorized software, the entire network is susceptible to malicious activity.System AdministratorDCSP-1
Checks: C-35011r1_chk

Ask the SA if the system is a designated router. If it is not, this is not applicable. If this system is a designated router, check the system for non-routing network services. # netstat -a | grep -i listen # ps -ef If non-routing services, including Web servers, file servers, DNS servers, or applications servers, but excluding management services such as SSH and SNMP, are running on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30306r1_fix

Ensure only authorized software is loaded on a designated router. Authorized software will be limited to the most current version of routing protocols and SSH for system administration purposes.

c
The system must not use UDP for Network Information System (NIS/NIS+).
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-4399 - SV-35147r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006380
Vuln IDs
  • V-4399
Rule IDs
  • SV-35147r1_rule
Implementing NIS or NIS+ under UDP may make the system more susceptible to a Denial of Service attack and does not provide the same quality of service as TCP.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36719r1_chk

If the system does not use NIS or NIS+, this is not applicable. Check if NIS or NIS+ is implemented using UDP. # rpcinfo -p | grep yp | grep udp If NIS or NIS+ is implemented using UDP, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30298r1_fix

Configure the system to not use UDP for NIS and NIS+. HP-UX specific documentation (note the major version of NIS+ currently running) should be consulted for the required procedure.

b
All .rhosts, .shosts, or host.equiv files must only contain trusted host-user pairs.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4427 - SV-38438r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002020
Vuln IDs
  • V-4427
Rule IDs
  • SV-38438r1_rule
If these files are not properly configured, they could allow malicious access by unknown malicious users from untrusted hosts who could compromise the system.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36375r1_chk

Locate and examine all .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files. Procedure: # find / -name .rhosts # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.rhosts # find / -name .shosts # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.shosts # find / -name hosts.equiv # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/hosts.equiv # find / -name shosts.equiv # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/shosts.equiv If any .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv file contains anything other than host-user pairs, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32971r1_fix

Locate and examine all .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files. Procedure: # find / -name .rhosts # more /<directorylocation>/.rhosts # find / -name .shosts # more /<directorylocation>/.shosts # find / -name hosts.equiv # more /<directorylocation>/hosts.equiv # find / -name shosts.equiv # more /<directorylocation>/shosts.equiv If any .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv file contains anything other than host-user pairs, this is a finding.

b
All .rhosts, .shosts, .netrc, or hosts.equiv files must be accessible by only root or the owner.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4428 - SV-34960r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002060
Vuln IDs
  • V-4428
Rule IDs
  • SV-34960r1_rule
If these files are accessible by users other than root or the owner, they could be used by a malicious user to set up a system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8220r2_chk

# find / -type f -name .rhosts # ls -alL /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.rhosts # find / -type f -name .shosts # ls -alL /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.shosts # find / -type f -name hosts.equiv # ls -lL /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/hosts.equiv # find / -type f -name shosts.equiv # ls -lL /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/shosts.equiv If the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv files have permissions greater than 700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4327r2_fix

Ensure the permission for these files is set at 700 or less and the owner is the owner of the home directory that it is in. These files, outside of home directories (other than hosts.equiv which is in /etc and owned by root), have no meaning.

b
The cron.deny file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4430 - SV-38439r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003260
Vuln IDs
  • V-4430
Rule IDs
  • SV-38439r1_rule
Cron daemon control files restrict the scheduling of automated tasks and must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36468r1_chk

# ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If the cron.deny file is not owned by root, sys, or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31810r1_fix

# chown root /var/adm/cron/cron.deny

c
The remsh daemon must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-000068 - V-4687 - SV-35130r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN003820
Vuln IDs
  • V-4687
Rule IDs
  • SV-35130r1_rule
The remshd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorEBRU-1
Checks: C-34988r1_chk

# cat /etc/inetd.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -c remshd If the above command return value is greater than 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30282r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the remshd service. Refresh the inetd service. # inetd -c

c
The rexec daemon must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001435 - V-4688 - SV-35132r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN003840
Vuln IDs
  • V-4688
Rule IDs
  • SV-35132r2_rule
The rexecd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.trueInformation Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-34990r3_chk

# cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ cut -f 6,7 -d " " | grep -c -i rexecd If any results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30284r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the line for the rexec daemon service. Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c

c
The SMTP service must be an up-to-date version.
SI-2 - High - CCI-001230 - V-4689 - SV-35065r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001230
Version
GEN004600
Vuln IDs
  • V-4689
Rule IDs
  • SV-35065r2_rule
The SMTP service version on the system must be current to avoid exposing vulnerabilities present in unpatched versions.System Administrator
Checks: C-36572r2_chk

Determine the version of the SMTP service software. To obtain version information for the Sendmail daemon: # what /usr/sbin/sendmail OR # strings /usr/sbin/sendmail | grep -i version If the Sendmail version is not at least 8.14.4, or if it is not the vendor's latest version, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31940r1_fix

Obtain and install a newer version of Sendmail from the operating system vendor or from http://www.sendmail.org or ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/ucb/sendmail.

c
The Sendmail server must have the debug feature disabled.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4690 - SV-35070r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004620
Vuln IDs
  • V-4690
Rule IDs
  • SV-35070r1_rule
Debug mode is a feature present in older versions of Sendmail which, if not disabled, may allow an attacker to gain access to a system through the Sendmail service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36573r1_chk

Check for an enabled debug command provided by the SMTP service. # telnet localhost 25 debug If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4618r2_fix

Obtain and install a more recent version of Sendmail, which does not implement the DEBUG feature.

c
The SMTP service must not have a uudecode alias active.
SI-2 - High - CCI-001230 - V-4691 - SV-35071r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001230
Version
GEN004640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4691
Rule IDs
  • SV-35071r1_rule
A common configuration for older mail transfer agents (MTAs) is to include an alias for the decode user. All mail sent to this user is sent to the uudecode program, which automatically converts and stores files. By sending mail to the decode or the uudecode aliases present on some systems, a remote attacker may be able to create or overwrite files on the remote host. This could possibly be used to gain remote access.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36574r1_chk

Check the SMTP service for an active decode command. # telnet localhost 25 decode If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31942r1_fix

Disable mail aliases for decode and uudecode. If the /etc/mail/aliases (mail alias) file contains entries for these programs, remove them or disable them by placing # at the beginning of the line, and then executing the newaliases command. For more information on mail aliases, refer to the man page for aliases. Disabled aliases would be similar to these (commented) file entry examples: # decode: |/usr/bin/uudecode # uudecode: |/usr/bin/uuencode -d

a
The SMTP service must not have the EXPN feature active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4692 - SV-35076r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004660
Vuln IDs
  • V-4692
Rule IDs
  • SV-35076r1_rule
The SMTP EXPN function allows an attacker to determine if an account exists on a system, providing significant assistance to a brute force attack on user accounts. EXPN may also provide additional information concerning users on the system, such as the full names of account owners.False positives may occur with the SMTP EXPN check. According to RFC821, it is acceptable for a server to respond with a 250 (success) or 550 (failure) when the server supports the EXPN command. For example, some servers return "550 EXPN command not available," meaning the command is not supported and the machine is not vulnerable. However, a result of "550 That is a mailing list, not a user" would be a failure code, but not an indication of an error, and the machine would be vulnerable. If a false positive is suspected, check your log file for the response from the server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36575r1_chk

Perform the following to determine if EXPN is disabled: # telnet localhost 25 expn root If the command does not return a 500 error code (command unrecognized), this is a finding. OR Check the sendmail.cf configuration file by: # cat /etc/mail/sendmail.cf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" |\ grep -i privacyoptions | egrep -c -i "noexpn|goaway" The O PrivacyOptions should have the noexpn or the goaway option (covering both noexpn and novrfy). If the EXPN command is not disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31943r1_fix

Edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf file and add or edit the following line: O PrivacyOptions=goaway Then restart the Sendmail service.

a
The SMTP service must not have the VRFY feature active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4693 - SV-35083r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4693
Rule IDs
  • SV-35083r1_rule
The VRFY (Verify) command allows an attacker to determine if an account exists on a system, providing significant assistance to a brute force attack on user accounts. VRFY may provide additional information about users on the system, such as the full names of account owners.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36576r1_chk

Determine if VRFY is disabled. # telnet localhost 25 vrfy root If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding. OR Check the sendmail.cf configuration file by: # cat /etc/mail/sendmail.cf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ grep -i privacyoptions | egrep -c -i "goaway|novrfy" Ensure the VRFY command is disabled with an entry in the sendmail.cf file. The entry could be any one of Opnovrfy, novrfy, or goaway, which could also have other options included, such as noexpn. The goaway argument encompasses many things, such as novrfy and noexpn. If no setting to disable VRFY is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31944r1_fix

If running Sendmail, add the line Opnovrfy to the Sendmail configuration file, usually located in /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. For other mail servers, contact the vendor for information on how to disable the verify command. Newer versions of Sendmail are available at http://www.sendmail.org or from ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/ucb/sendmail. Edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf file and add or edit (one of) the following line(s): O PrivacyOptions=novrfy O PrivacyOptions=goaway Then restart the Sendmail service.

a
The Sendmail service must not have the wizard backdoor active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4694 - SV-35093r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004700
Vuln IDs
  • V-4694
Rule IDs
  • SV-35093r1_rule
Very old installations of the Sendmail mailing system contained a feature whereby a remote user connecting to the SMTP port can enter the WIZ command and be given an interactive shell with root privileges.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36577r1_chk

Check the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf configuration file for "wiz" configuration. # cat /etc/mail/sendmail.cf |tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" |\ grep -i wiz If an entry is found for wiz, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31945r1_fix

If the WIZ command is enabled on Sendmail, it should be disabled by adding this line to the sendmail.cf configuration file (note that it must be typed in uppercase): OW* For the change to take effect, kill the Sendmail process, refreeze the sendmail.cf file, and restart the Sendmail process.

c
Any active TFTP daemon must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4695 - SV-38440r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005140
Vuln IDs
  • V-4695
Rule IDs
  • SV-38440r1_rule
TFTP is a file transfer protocol often used by embedded systems to obtain configuration data or software. The service is unencrypted and does not require authentication of requests. Data available using this service may be subject to unauthorized access or interception.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerDCSW-1
Checks: C-36597r1_chk

Determine if the TFTP daemon is active. # grep -v "^#" /etc/inetd.conf |grep tftp If TFTP is enabled, it is a finding if it is not documented by site-defined procedures.

Fix: F-31963r1_fix

Disable the TFTP daemon. Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the tftp line. Restart the inetd service via the command: # inetd -c

b
The system must not have the UUCP service active.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-4696 - SV-35171r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005280
Vuln IDs
  • V-4696
Rule IDs
  • SV-35171r1_rule
The UUCP utility is designed to assist in transferring files, executing remote commands, and sending e-mail between UNIX systems over phone lines and direct connections between systems. The UUCP utility is a primitive and arcane system with many security issues. There are alternate data transfer utilities/products that can be configured to more securely transfer data by providing for authentication as well as encryption.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36605r1_chk

# cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i uucp If uucp is found enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31973r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment the uucp service entry. Restart the inetd service. # inetd -c

c
X displays must not be exported to the world.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4697 - SV-35168r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005200
Vuln IDs
  • V-4697
Rule IDs
  • SV-35168r1_rule
Open X displays allow an attacker to capture keystrokes and to execute commands remotely. Many users have their X Server set to xhost +, permitting access to the X Server by anyone, from anywhere.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36601r1_chk

Windows is not used on the system, this is not applicable. Check the output of the "xhost" command from an X terminal. First, verify the DISPLAY variable is correctly set. $ echo $DISPLAY NOTE: It may be necessary to define the display if the command reports it cannot open the display. MachineName may be replaced with an Internet Protocol Address. Repeat the check procedure after setting the display. $ DISPLAY=MachineName:0.0; export DISPLAY $ xhost If the output reports access control is enabled (and possibly lists the hosts that can receive X window logins), this is not a finding. If the xhost command returns a line indicating access control is disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31968r1_fix

If using an xhost-type authentication the xhost - command can be used to remove current trusted hosts and then selectively allow only trusted hosts to connect with xhost + commands. A cryptographically secure authentication, such as provided by the xauth program, is always preferred.

a
The system must not have the finger service active.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-001551 - V-4701 - SV-35136r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003860
Vuln IDs
  • V-4701
Rule IDs
  • SV-35136r1_rule
The finger service provides information about the system's users to network clients. This could expose information that could be used in subsequent attacks.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-34994r1_chk

# cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ cut -f 6,7 -d " " | grep -c -i fingerd If the fingerd service is not disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30288r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the fingerd line. Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c

b
If the system is an anonymous FTP server, it must be isolated to the DMZ network.
IA-4 - Medium - CCI-000787 - V-4702 - SV-35101r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000787
Version
GEN004840
Vuln IDs
  • V-4702
Rule IDs
  • SV-35101r1_rule
Anonymous FTP is a public data service which is only permitted in a server capacity when located on the DMZ network.Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36581r1_chk

Use the command ftp to connect the system's FTP service. Attempt to log into this host with a user name of anonymous and a password of guest (also try the password of guest@mail.com). If the logon is not successful, this check is not applicable. # ftp localhost OR # ftp `hostname` Ask the SA if the system is located on a DMZ network. If the system is not located on a DMZ network, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31949r1_fix

Move the system to a DMZ network.

b
A file integrity baseline including cryptographic hashes must be created and maintained.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000293 - V-11941 - SV-38271r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000293
Version
GEN000140
Vuln IDs
  • V-11941
Rule IDs
  • SV-38271r1_rule
A file integrity baseline is a collection of file metadata which is to evaluate the integrity of the system. A minimal baseline must contain metadata for all device files, setuid files, setgid files, system libraries, system binaries, and system configuration files. The minimal metadata must consist of the mode, owner, group owner, and modification times. For regular files, metadata must also include file size and a cryptographic hash of the file’s contents.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-36231r2_chk

This will always be a manual review. Determine if a file integrity baseline, which includes cryptographic hashes, has been created and maintained for the system. While HPUX-HIDS has the ability to detect file system changes, it does not currently support the creation of a system baseline. A number of third-party vendors (TripWire, for example) may be used for this purpose. Additionally, local scripts may also be used to create and maintain the system baseline, though this would not be the preferred method. Ask the SA if a file system baseline has been created and is being maintained on an ongoing basis. If no file integrity baseline exists for the system, this is a finding. If the file integrity baseline contains no cryptographic hashes, this is a finding. If the file integrity baseline is not maintained (i.e., the baseline has not been updated to be consistent with the latest approved system configuration changes), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31490r1_fix

Create a file integrity baseline, including cryptographic hashes, for the system. # find / -depth -print | tee HP11-v3_Baseline Open the above file and either manually execute md5sum or the chksum command on each file. Alternatively, write a script to perform the above. NOTE: For security purposes, md5sum is preferred over chksum.

b
A file integrity tool must be used at least weekly to check for unauthorized file changes, particularly the addition of unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or for unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries.
RA-5 - Medium - CCI-001069 - V-11945 - SV-28610r2_rule
RMF Control
RA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001069
Version
GEN000220
Vuln IDs
  • V-11945
Rule IDs
  • SV-28610r2_rule
Changes in system libraries and binaries can indicate compromise or significant system events, such as patching needing to be checked by automated processes and the results reviewed by the SA. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.System Administrator
Checks: C-28849r3_chk

Determine if there is a cron job, scheduled to run weekly or more frequently, to run the file integrity tool to check for unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries. Procedure: # crontab -l If there is no cron job meeting these requirements, this is a finding. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.

Fix: F-25883r3_fix

Create a cron job, scheduled to run weekly or more frequently, to run the file integrity tool to check for unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.

b
UIDs reserved for system accounts must not be assigned to non-system accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11946 - SV-38209r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000340
Vuln IDs
  • V-11946
Rule IDs
  • SV-38209r1_rule
Reserved UIDs are typically used by system software packages. If non-system accounts have UIDs in this range, they may conflict with system software, possibly leading to the user having permissions to modify system files. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36258r1_chk

Check the UID assignments of all accounts. # more /etc/passwd Confirm all accounts with a UID of 99 and below are used by a system account. If a UID reserved for system accounts (0 - 99) is used by a non-system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31515r1_fix

Using the passwd command, change the UID numbers for non-system accounts with reserved UIDs (those less or equal to 99). SMH can alternatively be used for this same purpose.

b
The system must require that passwords contain a minimum of 15 characters.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000205 - V-11947 - SV-27111r4_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000205
Version
GEN000580
Vuln IDs
  • V-11947
Rule IDs
  • SV-27111r4_rule
The use of longer passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques by increasing the password search space.System Administrator
Checks: C-28027r5_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the system password length setting. For Trusted systems, the range of supported values for N is 6 to 80. # grep MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH /etc/default/security If the MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH attribute (N) is not set to 15 or greater, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the system password length setting. For Standard (non-SMSE enabled) systems, the maximum supported length is N=8. Once the /etc/shadow file is created and long passwords are enabled (may require additional software product installations), check the system password length setting. The LONG_PASSWORD attribute is valid only when the LongPassword11i3 product is installed and the password hash algorithm is different from the traditional DES-based hash algorithm. # egrep "CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE|CRYPT_DEFAULT|LONG_PASSWORD|MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH" /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* The following is an example output from the above command: CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 LONG_PASSWORD=1 MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH=15 Note: The MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH attribute may exceed 15 characters. If the attributes CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE, CRYPT_DEFAULT, LONG_PASSWORD, and MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH are not set per the above example output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24374r5_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface to set the system password length attribute “MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH” to 15 or greater. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Install the additional LongPassword11i3 and PHI11i3 product bundles where/as required. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute(s). See the below example(s): CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 LONG_PASSWORD=1 MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH=15 Note: The MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH attribute must be set equal to or greater than 15. If the "vi" editor was used to update the /etc/default/security file, save the file before exiting the editor.

b
The system must require passwords contain at least one uppercase alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000192 - V-11948 - SV-38244r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000192
Version
GEN000600
Vuln IDs
  • V-11948
Rule IDs
  • SV-38244r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36284r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS setting. # cat /etc/default/security | grep PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS If PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS setting. # grep PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS is not set to 1 or more, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31541r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /etc/default/security file and update the PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must require passwords contain at least one numeric character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000194 - V-11972 - SV-38245r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000194
Version
GEN000620
Vuln IDs
  • V-11972
Rule IDs
  • SV-38245r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36285r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS setting. # cat /etc/default/security | grep PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS If PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS setting. # grep PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31542r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /etc/default/security file and update the PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must require passwords contain at least one special character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-001619 - V-11973 - SV-38246r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001619
Version
GEN000640
Vuln IDs
  • V-11973
Rule IDs
  • SV-38246r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36286r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS setting. # cat /etc/default/security | grep PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS If PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS setting. # grep PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31543r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /etc/default/security file and update the PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
User passwords must be changed at least every 60 days.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000180 - V-11976 - SV-38247r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000180
Version
GEN000700
Vuln IDs
  • V-11976
Rule IDs
  • SV-38247r3_rule
Limiting the lifespan of authenticators limits the period of time an unauthorized user has access to the system while using compromised credentials and reduces the period of time available for password guessing attacks to run against a single password.System Administrator
Checks: C-36288r3_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the exptm field for each user, or for all accounts: # getprpw -r -m exptm &lt;USER&gt; # logins -o -x | awk -F: '{print $1” “$11}' If the exptm attribute is set equal to -1, 0, or greater than 60 for any user, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MAXDAYS setting. The command and an example output is seen directly below: # egrep “PASSWORD_MAXDAYS|PASSWORD_WARNDAYS” /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* Example output from the above command, with the correctly assigned attribute values. Note that PASSWORD_MAXDAYS may deviate from 60. Illegal values include 0 (no warning). PASSWORD_MAXDAYS attribute exceptions that must not be used are 1-7 (values less than or equal to the required PASSWORD_WARNDAYS attribute setting): PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=60 PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=7 If the above attributes are either missing or not set per the above attribute values (exceptions noted above), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31545r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Set the password maximum days field to 60 for all user accounts. # passwd -x 60 <user> For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_MAXDAYS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=60 PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=7 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
All non-interactive/automated processing account passwords must be changed at least once per year or be locked.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000199 - V-11977 - SV-38211r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000199
Version
GEN000740
Vuln IDs
  • V-11977
Rule IDs
  • SV-38211r1_rule
Limiting the lifespan of authenticators limits the period of time an unauthorized user has access to the system while using compromised credentials and reduces the period of time available for password-guessing attacks to run against a single password. Locking the password for non-interactive and automated processing accounts is preferred as it removes the possibility of accessing the account by a password. On some systems, locking the passwords of these accounts may prevent the account from functioning properly. Passwords for non-interactive/automated processing accounts must not be used for direct logon to the system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36296r1_chk

NOTE: This will always require a manual review. This is a local policy issue/question. Ask the Systems Administrator (SA) if there are any automated processing accounts on the system. If there are, ask the SA if the passwords for those automated accounts are changed at least once a year. If SA indicates passwords for automated processing accounts are not changed once per year, this is a finding

Fix: F-31546r1_fix

Implement or establish procedures to change the passwords of automated processing accounts at least once per year.

b
The root account must not be used for direct logins.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-11979 - SV-38212r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN001020
Vuln IDs
  • V-11979
Rule IDs
  • SV-38212r2_rule
Direct login with the root account prevents individual user accountability. Acceptable non-routine uses of the root account for direct login are limited to emergency maintenance, the use of single-user mode for maintenance, and situations where individual administrator accounts are not available.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-36290r5_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the /tcb database to determine if root account auditing is enabled and the last login log for direct root logins. Note that for the /tcb audit flag entry that numeric values are specified as positive numbers, 0, or -1. A value of -1 indicates that the field has not been assigned a value in the database. A value of 0 indicates that auditing is not enabled. # getprpw -m audflg root &amp;&amp; last root | grep -v reboot If any direct login records for root are listed, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the root AUDIT_FLAG attribute setting. Note that for the /etc/default/security file audit flag entry that numeric values are specified as 0, or 1. A value of 1 indicates that auditing is enabled. A value of 0 indicates that auditing is not enabled. # grep AUDIT_FLAG /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* &amp;&amp; last root | grep -v reboot If any direct login records for root are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31547r2_fix

Enforce policies requiring all root account access is attained by first logging into a user account and then becoming root (using “su”, for example). Note: GEN000980 limits direct login by root to the console (requires physical access). GEN001120 prohibits direct root logins via SSH. GEN003850 disallows telnet access. GEN003830 prohibits rlogin access. GEN002100 prohibits .rhost PAM support. GEN002040 prohibits .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv system files. Ensure that root logging is enabled. For Trusted Mode: # modprpw -l -m audflg=1 root For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute. See the below example: AUDIT_FLAG=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must log successful and unsuccessful access to the root account.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-11980 - SV-38248r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN001060
Vuln IDs
  • V-11980
Rule IDs
  • SV-38248r2_rule
If successful and unsuccessful logins and logouts are not monitored or recorded, access attempts cannot be tracked. Without this logging, it may be impossible to track unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36291r2_chk

Check the following log files to determine if access attempts to the root account are being logged. Try su - and enter an incorrect password. # more /var/adm/sulog /var/adm/syslog If root account access login attempts are not being logged, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31548r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Ensure that all users are being audited. List users from the passwd file and check the user entries in the /tcb database. See the example below. Note that the “getprpw” command must be executed individually for all users. Users associated with “audflg” set to zero (disabled) must be corrected. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d “:” # getprpw -m audflg <user> # modprpw -l -m audflg=1 <user> Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update the SU_ROOT_GROUP attribute. See the below example: SU_ROOT_GROUP=root,<user1>,<user2> For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the AUDIT_FLAG and SU_ROOT_GROUP attributes. See the below example: AUDIT_FLAG=1 SU_ROOT_GROUP=root,<user1>,<user2> Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
All global initialization files must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11981 - SV-38266r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001720
Vuln IDs
  • V-11981
Rule IDs
  • SV-38266r1_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36376r1_chk

Check global initialization files permissions: # ls -lL /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/.login If global initialization files are more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31714r1_fix

Change the mode of the global initialization file(s) to 0444. # chmod 0444 <global initialization file>

b
All global initialization files must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11982 - SV-38267r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001740
Vuln IDs
  • V-11982
Rule IDs
  • SV-38267r1_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36377r1_chk

Check the ownership of global initialization files. # ls -lL /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/.login If any global initialization file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31715r1_fix

Change the ownership of global initialization files with incorrect ownership. # chown bin <global initialization files>

b
All global initialization files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, other system, or the system default.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11983 - SV-38268r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001760
Vuln IDs
  • V-11983
Rule IDs
  • SV-38268r1_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36378r1_chk

Check the group ownership of global initialization files. # ls -lL /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/.login If any global initialization file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, or the system default, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31716r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the global initialization file(s) with incorrect group ownership. # chgrp root <global initialization file>

b
All skeleton files and directories (typically in /etc/skel) must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11984 - SV-38269r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001820
Vuln IDs
  • V-11984
Rule IDs
  • SV-38269r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36379r1_chk

Check skeleton files ownership. # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31717r1_fix

Change the ownership of skeleton files with incorrect mode. # chown bin <skeleton file>

b
All global initialization files executable search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11985 - SV-38270r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001840
Vuln IDs
  • V-11985
Rule IDs
  • SV-38270r3_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36380r4_chk

Check the global initialization files' executable search paths. # grep PATH /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31718r2_fix

Edit the global initialization file(s) with PATH variables containing relative paths and remove any relative path form the PATH variables that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the global initialization file(s) and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
All local initialization files executable search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11986 - SV-34915r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001900
Vuln IDs
  • V-11986
Rule IDs
  • SV-34915r3_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-37677r3_chk

Verify local initialization files have executable search path containing only authorized paths. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d ":" | xargs -n1 -I USER sh -c 'grep PATH ~USER/.*' This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32917r2_fix

Edit the local initialization file and remove the relative path entries from the PATH variable that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the local initialization file and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
The .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files must not contain a plus (+) without defining entries for NIS+ netgroups.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11987 - SV-34922r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001980
Vuln IDs
  • V-11987
Rule IDs
  • SV-34922r1_rule
A plus (+) in system accounts files causes the system to lookup the specified entry using NIS. If the system is not using NIS, no such entries should exist.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-37678r1_chk

Check system configuration files for plus (+) entries. Procedure: # find / -name .rhosts # cat /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.rhosts | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # find / -name .shosts # cat /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.shosts | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # find / -name hosts.equiv # cat /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/hosts.equiv | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # find / -name shosts.equiv # cat /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/shosts.equiv | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # cat /etc/passwd | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # cat /etc/shadow | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" # cat /etc/group | grep -v "^#" | grep "\+" If the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files contain a plus (+) and do not define entries for NIS+ netgroups, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32918r1_fix

Edit the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files and remove entries containing a plus (+).

c
There must be no .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv files on the system.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-11988 - SV-38249r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002040
Vuln IDs
  • V-11988
Rule IDs
  • SV-38249r1_rule
The .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files are used to configure host-based authentication for individual users or the system. Host-based authentication is not sufficient for preventing unauthorized access to the system.Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36421r1_chk

Check for the existence of the files. # find / -type f -name .rhosts # find / -type f -name .shosts # find / -type f -name hosts.equiv # find / -type f -name shosts.equiv If .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31760r1_fix

Remove the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and/or shosts.equiv files.

b
The .rhosts file must not be supported in PAM.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11989 - SV-38264r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002100
Vuln IDs
  • V-11989
Rule IDs
  • SV-38264r2_rule
.rhosts files are used to specify a list of hosts permitted remote access to a particular account without authenticating. The use of such a mechanism defeats strong identification and authentication requirements.Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-36422r3_chk

Verify the remsh and rexec services have not been configured to use the PAM module: # cat /etc/pam.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep "^rcomds" | egrep "auth|account" | egrep "libpam_unix|libpam_hpsec" If any of the following lines are returned, this is a finding. rcomds auth required libpam_hpsec.so.1 rcomds auth required libpam_unix.so.1 rcomds account required libpam_hpsec.so.1 rcomds account required libpam_unix.so.1

Fix: F-31761r1_fix

Edit /etc/pam.conf and comment/remove the "rcomds" line(s).

b
All public directories must be group-owned by root or an application group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11990 - SV-38265r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002540
Vuln IDs
  • V-11990
Rule IDs
  • SV-38265r1_rule
If a public directory has the sticky bit set and is not group-owned by a privileged GID, unauthorized users may be able to modify files created by others. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36423r2_chk

Check the group-ownership of public directories. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -1002 -exec ls -ld {} \; If any public directory is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, other or an application group, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31762r1_fix

Change the group-ownership of the public directory. Procedure: # chgrp root <public directory> (Replace root with a different system group as necessary.)

b
Crontabs must be owned by root or the crontab creator.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11994 - SV-38250r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003040
Vuln IDs
  • V-11994
Rule IDs
  • SV-38250r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-36480r1_chk

List all crontabs on the system. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs/* If any crontab file is not owned by root or the creating user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31827r1_fix

Change the crontab file owner to root or the crontab creator. # chown root <crontab file>

b
Default system accounts (with the exception of root) must not be listed in the cron.allow file or must be included in the cron.deny file, if cron.allow does not exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11995 - SV-38251r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003060
Vuln IDs
  • V-11995
Rule IDs
  • SV-38251r1_rule
To centralize the management of privileged account crontabs, of the default system accounts, only root may have a crontab.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-36469r1_chk

Check the cron.allow and cron.deny files for the system. # more /var/adm/cron/cron.allow # more /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If a default system account (such as bin, sys, adm, or other sys acct) is listed in the cron.allow file, or not listed in the cron.deny file if no cron.allow file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31812r1_fix

Remove default system accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, or others) from the cron.allow file if it exists, or add those accounts to the cron.deny file.

a
Process core dumps must be disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-11996 - SV-35008r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003500
Vuln IDs
  • V-11996
Rule IDs
  • SV-35008r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Process core dump files can be of significant size and their use can result in file systems filling to capacity, which may result in Denial of Service. Process core dumps can be useful for software debugging. System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36487r1_chk

# grep -c ulimit /etc/profile If the return value of this command is 0, this is a finding. If the return value of this command is not 0: # grep ulimit /etc/profile If the -c argument with a value of 0 is not present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31839r1_fix

Edit /etc/profile, ensure the ulimit command is present with the -c argument of the ulimit command set to 0.

a
The kernel core dump data directory must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-11997 - SV-38253r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003520
Vuln IDs
  • V-11997
Rule IDs
  • SV-38253r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the kernel core dump data directory is not owned by root, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36494r1_chk

Check the ownership of the kernel core dump data directory. # ls -lLd /var/adm/crash If the kernel core dump data directory is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31848r1_fix

Change the owner of the kernel core dump data directory to root. # chown root /var/adm/crash

b
The system must implement non-executable program stacks.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11999 - SV-35009r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003540
Vuln IDs
  • V-11999
Rule IDs
  • SV-35009r1_rule
A common type of exploit is the stack buffer overflow. An application receives, from an attacker, more data than it is prepared for and stores this information on its stack, writing beyond the space reserved for it. This can be designed to cause execution of the data written on the stack. One mechanism to mitigate this vulnerability is for the system to not allow the execution of instructions in sections of memory identified as part of the stack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36498r1_chk

Determine if the system implements non-executable program stacks. # kctune | grep -i "executable_stack" | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | \ sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 2,2 -d " " If the executable_stack tunable is set to 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31853r1_fix

# kctune executable_stack=0 The system will require a restart/reboot for the setting to take effect.

b
The system must use initial TCP sequence numbers most resistant to sequence number guessing attacks.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12001 - SV-35010r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN003580
Vuln IDs
  • V-12001
Rule IDs
  • SV-35010r1_rule
One use of initial TCP sequence numbers is to verify bidirectional communication between two hosts, which provides some protection against spoofed source addresses being used by the connection originator. If the initial TCP sequence numbers for a host can be determined by an attacker, it may be possible to establish a TCP connection from a spoofed source address without bidirectional communication.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36499r1_chk

# ndd -get /dev/tcp tcp_isn_passphrase If the value 1 is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31854r1_fix

# ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_isn_passphrase <a random passphrase> Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x] = tcp NDD_NAME[x] = tcp_isn_passphrase NDD_VALUE[x] = <a random passphrase>

b
The system must not forward IPv4 source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-12002 - SV-38259r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003600
Vuln IDs
  • V-12002
Rule IDs
  • SV-38259r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routed traffic, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36500r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to forward source-routed IP packets. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_forward_src_routed If the returned value is not 0, then this feature is enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31855r1_fix

Disable the IP source-routed forwarding feature. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_forward_src_routed 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x] = ip NDD_NAME[x] = ip_forward_src_routed NDD_VALUE[x] = 0

a
A separate file system must be used for user home directories (such as /home or equivalent).
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-12003 - SV-35048r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003620
Vuln IDs
  • V-12003
Rule IDs
  • SV-35048r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from the / file system becoming full or failing.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36514r1_chk

Determine if the /home path is a separate filesystem. # cat /etc/fstab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | \ grep -v "^#" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | grep "^/home" | grep -v "/home/" If the above command returns nothing, /home is not on a separate filesystem and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31874r1_fix

Migrate the /home (or equivalent) path onto a separate file system.

b
The system must log authentication informational data.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-12004 - SV-35062r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN003660
Vuln IDs
  • V-12004
Rule IDs
  • SV-35062r1_rule
Monitoring and recording successful and unsuccessful logins assists in tracking unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-36521r1_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf and verify the auth facility is logging both the notice and info (NOTE that auth.info includes auth.notice and the auth.debug includes both auth.info and auth.notice) level messages by: # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | egrep -i "auth.info|auth.debug|auth.\*|\*.info|\*.debug" If auth.* is not found, or auth.notice or auth.debug or *.info and *.debug are not found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31881r1_fix

Edit /etc/syslog.conf and add local log destinations for auth.*, auth.debug, auth.info, *.debug or *.info. NOTE: In general and though not required, it is always advisable to explicitly declare auth.info or auth.debug entries rather than use the wildcard notation method.

b
Inetd and xinetd must be disabled or removed if no network services utilizing them are enabled.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-12005 - SV-35064r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003700
Vuln IDs
  • V-12005
Rule IDs
  • SV-35064r1_rule
Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36522r1_chk

First determine if (x)inetd is running: # ps -ef | grep -v "grep" | egrep -i "inetd|xinetd" Then, determine the contents of the configuration file: # find / -type f -name xinetd.conf -o -name inetd.conf | xargs -n1 cat | \ tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" If inetd is running and no active services are found (i.e., the configuration file does not exist, is empty or is completely commented out), this is a finding. If inetd is not running and the configuration file does not exist, is empty or is completely commented out, this is not a finding. If inetd is running and active services are found via the ps command and are also in the inetd.conf file, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-31882r1_fix

Remove or disable the inetd startup scripts and kill the service.

b
The SMTP service HELP command must not be enabled.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12006 - SV-35059r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004540
Vuln IDs
  • V-12006
Rule IDs
  • SV-35059r2_rule
The HELP command should be disabled to mask version information. The version of the SMTP service software could be used by attackers to target vulnerabilities present in specific software versions.System Administrator
Checks: C-36569r2_chk

Verify that the Help command is disabled in Sendmail: # ls -al /etc/mail/helpfile If the file does not exist, this is not a finding. If the help file does exist, verify that the file is empty: # cat /etc/mail/helpfile If the help file is not empty, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11266r3_fix

To disable the SMTP HELP command, remove or empty the Sendmail help file: /etc/mail/helpfile.

b
Unencrypted FTP must not be used on the system.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12010 - SV-35098r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004800
Vuln IDs
  • V-12010
Rule IDs
  • SV-35098r1_rule
FTP is typically unencrypted and, therefore, presents confidentiality and integrity risks. FTP may be protected by encryption in certain cases, such as when used in a Kerberos environment. SFTP and FTPS are encrypted alternatives to FTP.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36579r3_chk

Determine if unencrypted FTP is enabled. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v "^#" | grep -c -i "^ftp" If the service is found (i.e., the command returns a non-zero value), and not commented, ask the SA if this service is encrypted. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31947r2_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out or remove the ftp service. Refresh the inet daemon. inetd -c

b
All FTP users must have a default umask of 077.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12011 - SV-38263r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005040
Vuln IDs
  • V-12011
Rule IDs
  • SV-38263r1_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask is stored as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be zero.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36591r1_chk

Check the umask setting for the "ftp" user. # su - ftp $ umask If the umask value does not return 077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31958r1_fix

Edit the initialization files for the ftp user and set the umask to 077.

b
All .Xauthority files must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12014 - SV-35162r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005180
Vuln IDs
  • V-12014
Rule IDs
  • SV-35162r1_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. Excessive permissions may permit unauthorized modification of these files, which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized access or allow unauthorized access to be obtained.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36599r1_chk

Get a list of (non-system account) users and the associated home directories. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,6 -d ":" Check the file permissions for the user .Xauthority files. # ls -lLa .Xauthority If the file mode is more permissive than 0600, this is finding.

Fix: F-31965r1_fix

Change the mode of the .Xauthority files. # chmod 0600 .Xauthority

b
.Xauthority or X*.hosts (or equivalent) file(s) must be used to restrict access to the X server.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000297 - V-12016 - SV-38287r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000297
Version
GEN005220
Vuln IDs
  • V-12016
Rule IDs
  • SV-38287r1_rule
If access to the X server is not restricted, the user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36602r1_chk

Determine if the X server is running. # ps -ef |grep -v grep | grep X Determine if xauth is being used. # xauth # xauth&gt; list If the above command sequence does not show any host other than the localhost, then xauth is not being used. Search the system for an X*.hosts files (typically found only in /etc), where * is a display number that may be used to limit X window connections. If no files are found, X*.hosts files are not being used. If the X*.hosts files contain any unauthorized hosts, this is a finding. If both xauth and X*.hosts files are not being used, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31969r1_fix

Create an X*.hosts file, where * is a display number that may be used to limit X window connections. Add the list of authorized X clients to the file.

b
The .Xauthority utility must only permit access to authorized hosts.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12017 - SV-38288r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005240
Vuln IDs
  • V-12017
Rule IDs
  • SV-38288r1_rule
If unauthorized clients are permitted access to the X server, the user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-36603r1_chk

Verify the X window system access is limited to authorized clients. # xauth # xauth&gt; list Ask the SA if the clients listed are authorized. If any are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31970r1_fix

Remove unauthorized clients from the xauth configuration. # xauth remove <display name>

b
X Window System connections not required must be disabled.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12018 - SV-35170r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005260
Vuln IDs
  • V-12018
Rule IDs
  • SV-35170r1_rule
If unauthorized clients are permitted access to the X server, the user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36604r1_chk

Determine if the X window system is running. # ps -ef |grep -v grep | grep X Ask the SA if the X window system is an operational requirement. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31972r1_fix

Disable the X Windows server on the system.

b
The snmpd.conf file must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12019 - SV-35203r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005360
Vuln IDs
  • V-12019
Rule IDs
  • SV-35203r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification. If the file is not owned by bin, it may be subject to access and modification from unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36615r2_chk

Determine the owner of the SNMP configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf If the snmpd.conf file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31981r2_fix

Change the owner of the snmpd.conf file to bin. # chown bin /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf

b
The system must not be used as a syslog server (loghost) for systems external to the enclave.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12020 - SV-35187r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005440
Vuln IDs
  • V-12020
Rule IDs
  • SV-35187r1_rule
Syslog messages are typically unencrypted and may contain sensitive information and are, therefore, restricted to the enclave.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36623r2_chk

The syslog server's /etc/syslog.conf file must have the client(s) listed along with the logging facility. The following example is a syslog.conf entry for the syslog client machine moe.larry.com: +example.com *.* /var/adm/log/example_com.log NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Ask the SA if the loghost server is collecting data for hosts outside the local enclave. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31990r2_fix

Configure hosts outside of the local enclave to not log to this system.

b
The syslog daemon must not accept remote messages unless it is a syslog server documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12021 - SV-35195r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005480
Vuln IDs
  • V-12021
Rule IDs
  • SV-35195r1_rule
Unintentionally running a syslog server accepting remote messages puts the system at increased risk. Malicious syslog messages sent to the server could exploit vulnerabilities in the server software itself, could introduce misleading information in to the system's logs, or could fill the system's storage leading to a Denial of Service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36626r1_chk

Examine the /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd file for the syslog daemon option(s): # cat /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep "SYSLOG_OPTS" Note that the default line entry format (IE: whitespace-seperated options, quotation marks, etc) of the syslogd file is as follows : SYSLOGD_OPTS="-N" If the -N option is not present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31993r1_fix

Edit the /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd configuration startup script and add the -N option to the syslogd command. Restart the syslogd service via the following command(s): # /sbin/init.d/syslogd stop # /sbin/init.d/syslogd start

b
The SSH daemon must be configured for IP filtering.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12022 - SV-35149r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005540
Vuln IDs
  • V-12022
Rule IDs
  • SV-35149r1_rule
The SSH daemon must be configured for IP filtering to provide a layered defense against connection attempts from unauthorized addresses.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36667r1_chk

Check the TCP wrappers configuration files to determine if sshd is configured to use TCP wrappers. # cat /etc/hosts.deny | grep -i sshd # cat /etc/hosts.allow| grep -i sshd If no entries are returned, the TCP wrappers are not configured for sshd, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32040r1_fix

Add appropriate IP restrictions for SSH to the /etc/hosts.deny and/or /etc/hosts.allow files.

b
IP forwarding for IPv4 must not be enabled, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12023 - SV-35177r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005600
Vuln IDs
  • V-12023
Rule IDs
  • SV-35177r1_rule
If the system is configured for IP forwarding and is not a designated router, it could be used to bypass network security by providing a path for communication not filtered by network devices.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36675r1_chk

The configuration file entries will appear as follows: TRANSPORT_NAME[x]=ip NDD_NAME[x]=ip_forwarding NDD_VALUE[x]=0 NOTE: The setting for the "ip_forwarding" interface will be initialized on a separate line referencing a specific NDD index. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | \ grep -i ip_forwarding | cut -f 1,1 -d "=" | tr -d [:alpha:] | tr -d [:punct:] If the above command returns nothing, this check is not a finding. If the above command does return an index value: # cat /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | \ grep "[the ip_forwarding INDEX number from the above command]" NOTE: The above command must (literally) contain the ASCII punctuation characters [ and ] exactly as depicted above. If the return value is not set to 0, ask the SA if the machine is a designated router. If it is not a designated router, this is a finding. If it is a designated router, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-32046r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and set the ip_forwarding option to 0.

b
The system must not have a public Instant Messaging (IM) client installed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12024 - SV-35205r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006000
Vuln IDs
  • V-12024
Rule IDs
  • SV-35205r1_rule
Public IM systems are not approved for use and may result in the unauthorized distribution of information. IM clients provide a way for a user to send a message to one or more other users in real time. Additional capabilities may include file transfer and support for distributed game playing. Communication between clients and associated directory services are managed through messaging servers. Commercial IM clients include AOL Instant Messenger (AIM), MSN Messenger, and Yahoo! Messenger. IM clients present a security issue when the clients route messages through public servers. The obvious implication is potentially sensitive information could be intercepted or altered in the course of transmission. This same issue is associated with the use of public e-mail servers. In order to reduce the potential for disclosure of sensitive government information and to ensure the validity of official government information, IM clients connecting to public IM services will not be installed. Clients using access to internal or DoD-controlled IM services are permitted. System AdministratorECIM-1
Checks: C-36690r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. If an IM client is installed, ask the SA if it has access to any public domain IM servers. If it does have access to public servers, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32064r1_fix

Uninstall the IM client from the system, or configure the client to only connect to DoD-approved IM services.

b
The system must not have any peer-to-peer file-sharing application installed.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12025 - SV-35207r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006040
Vuln IDs
  • V-12025
Rule IDs
  • SV-35207r1_rule
Peer-to-peer file-sharing software can result in the unintentional exfiltration of information. There are also many legal issues associated with these types of utilities including copyright infringement or other intellectual property issues. The ASD Memo "Use of Peer-to-Peer (P2P) File-Sharing Applications across the DoD" states the following: “P2P file-sharing applications are authorized for use on DOD networks with approval by the appropriate Designated Approval Authority (DAA). Documented requirements, security architecture, configuration management process, and a training program for users are all requirements within the approval process. The unauthorized use of application or services, including P2P applications, is prohibited, and such applications or services must be eliminated.” P2P applications include, but are not limited to, the following: -Napster -Kazaa -ARES -Limewire -IRC Chat Relay -BitTorrentDesignated Approving AuthoritySystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36691r1_chk

Note that this will virtually always require a Manual Review. Ask the SA if any peer-to-peer file-sharing applications are installed. Some examples of these applications include: - Napster - Kazaa - ARES - Limewire - IRC Chat Relay - BitTorrent If any of these applications are installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32065r1_fix

Uninstall the peer-to-peer file sharing application(s) from the system.

b
Network Information System (NIS) maps must be protected through hard-to-guess domain names.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12026 - SV-35153r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006420
Vuln IDs
  • V-12026
Rule IDs
  • SV-35153r1_rule
The use of hard-to-guess NIS domain names provides additional protection from unauthorized access to the NIS directory information.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36722r2_chk

Check the domain name for NIS maps. Procedure: # domainname If the name returned is simple to guess, such as the organization name, building, or room name, etc., this is a finding.

Fix: F-32103r1_fix

Change the NIS domain name to a value difficult to guess. Consult vendor documentation, i.e., domain name (1) in the HP-UX man pages, for the required procedure.

b
The system vulnerability assessment tool, host-based intrusion detection tool, and file integrity tool must notify the SA and the IAO of a security breach or a suspected security breach.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12028 - SV-35159r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006560
Vuln IDs
  • V-12028
Rule IDs
  • SV-35159r1_rule
Timely notifications of potential security compromises minimize the potential damage. Minimally, the system must log these events and the SA and the IAO will receive the notifications during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as e-mail or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECAT-1, ECAT-2
Checks: C-36725r2_chk

Ask the SA if any security tool application is loaded on the system. Security tool applications include, but are not limited to, antivirus, file integrity, root kit detection, host-based intrusion detection, and vulnerability assessment tools. For each security tool on the system, determine if the tool is configured to notify the IAO and SA of any detected security problem. If such notifications are not configured, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32106r1_fix

Configure the security tools on the system to notify the IAO and SA when any security issues are detected.

b
The system's access control program must be configured to grant or deny system access to specific hosts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12030 - SV-35222r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006620
Vuln IDs
  • V-12030
Rule IDs
  • SV-35222r1_rule
If the system's access control program is not configured with appropriate rules for allowing and denying access to system network resources, services may be accessible to unauthorized hosts.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36733r1_chk

Check for the existence of the /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files (normally located within the /etc directory). # find /etc -type f -name hosts.allow -o -name hosts.deny | xargs -n1 ls -lL If either file does not exist, this is a finding. Check for the presence of a deny by default entry. cat &lt;path&gt;/hosts.deny | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | egrep "ALL: ALL" If the ALL: ALL entry is not present the hosts.deny file, any TCP service from a host or network not matching other rules will be allowed access. If the entry is not in hosts.deny, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32114r1_fix

Edit the <path>/hosts.allow and <path/hosts.deny files to configure access restrictions.

b
Network analysis tools must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-12049 - SV-35138r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003865
Vuln IDs
  • V-12049
Rule IDs
  • SV-35138r2_rule
Network analysis tools allow for the capture of network traffic visible to the system.System Administrator
Checks: C-36544r2_chk

Determine if any network analysis tools are installed. Search for the binary: # find / -type f -name ethereal | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name wireshark | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name tshark | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name netcat | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name tcpdump | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name snoop | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type f -name nettl | xargs -n1 ls -lL If any network analysis tools are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31909r1_fix

Remove the network analysis tool binary from the system. Consult vendor documentation for removing packaged software, or remove the binary directly via the following example: # rm -i <binary>

b
The system clock must be synchronized continuously or at least daily.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22290 - SV-38289r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000241
Vuln IDs
  • V-22290
Rule IDs
  • SV-38289r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. Internal system clocks tend to drift and require periodic resynchronization to ensure their accuracy. Software, such as ntpd, can be used to continuously synchronize the system clock with authoritative sources. Alternatively, the system may be synchronized periodically, with a maximum of one day between synchronizations. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36234r1_chk

Check the root crontab for ntpdate jobs running at least daily. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate columns 3, 4, and 5 must be an asterisk (*) for the job to be run daily. If this job exists, this is not a finding. OR Verify the auto-startup of (x)ntpd in /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "XNTPD=1" Check the system for a running NTP daemon, which is the preferred method. # ps -ef | grep ntp If an (x)ntpd process exists, this is not a finding. Otherwise, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31493r1_fix

Enable the NTP daemon for continuous synchronization. Edit /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons and set XNTPD=1 Edit /etc/ntp.conf and add the ntp server entry. Then: # /sbin/init.d/xntpd start OR Add a daily or more frequent cronjob to perform synchronization using ntpdate. NOTE: While it is possible to run ntpdate from a cron script, it is important to mention that ntpdate with contrived cron scripts is no substitute for the NTP daemon, which uses sophisticated algorithms to maximize accuracy and reliability while minimizing resource use. Finally, since ntpdate polling does not discipline the host clock frequency as does (x)ntpd, the accuracy using ntpdate is limited. The process of passively listening for NTP broadcasts (i.e., placing the line broadcastclient yes in the /etc/ntp.conf file) is preferred over any procedural form of direct server polling for a large network with many nodes needing to be time-synchronized. This method is preferred because it significantly reduces the network traffic load related to NTP.

b
The system must use at least two time sources for clock synchronization.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-000160 - V-22291 - SV-38297r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
GEN000242
Vuln IDs
  • V-22291
Rule IDs
  • SV-38297r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. For redundancy, two time sources are required so synchronization continues to function if one source fails. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. NOTE: For the Network Time Protocol (NTP), the requirement is two servers, but it is recommended to configure at least four distinct time servers which allow NTP to effectively exclude a time source that is not consistent with the others. The system's local clock must be excluded from the count of time sources. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36235r1_chk

Check the system for a running NTP daemon. # ps -ef | grep ntp Verify the auto-startup of (x)ntpd in /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "XNTPD=1" Verify at least two external NTP servers are listed in the /etc/ntp.conf file. # cat /etc/ntp.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -i server | \ egrep -v "127.127.1.1|127.127.1.0" If xntpd is not invoked with at least two external NTP servers listed (127.127.1.0 or 127.127.1.1 are local clock references and therefore not allowed), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31494r1_fix

If auto-starting (x)ntpd, add (when necessary) the correct number of (at least two) external servers to the /etc/ntp.conf file. If using ntpdate, add additional NTP servers (at least two are required) to the cron job running ntpdate.

a
The system must use time sources are local to the enclave.
AU-8 - Low - CCI-000160 - V-22292 - SV-38298r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
GEN000244
Vuln IDs
  • V-22292
Rule IDs
  • SV-38298r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. The network architecture should provide multiple time servers within an enclave providing local service to the enclave and synchronize with time sources outside of the enclave. If this server is an enclave time server, this requirement is not applicable. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36237r1_chk

Check the root crontab for ntpdate entries. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate If the ntpdate command is invoked with NTP servers outside of the enclave, this is a finding. Check the NTP daemon configuration. # grep "^server" ntp.conf If an NTP server is listed outside of the enclave, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31495r1_fix

If using ntpdate, remove NTP servers external to the enclave from the cron job running ntpdate. If using the NTP daemon, remove the server line from ntp.conf for each NTP server external to the enclave.

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22294 - SV-38272r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000250
Vuln IDs
  • V-22294
Rule IDs
  • SV-38272r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not owned by a system account, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36240r1_chk

Check the ownership of the NTP configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/ntp.conf If the owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31497r1_fix

Change the owner of the NTP configuration file. # chown root /etc/ntp.conf

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22295 - SV-38273r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000251
Vuln IDs
  • V-22295
Rule IDs
  • SV-38273r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not owned by a system group, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36241r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the NTP configuration file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/ntp.conf If the group owner is not root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31498r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the NTP configuration file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/ntp.conf

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22296 - SV-38274r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000252
Vuln IDs
  • V-22296
Rule IDs
  • SV-38274r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not protected, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36242r1_chk

# ls -lL /etc/ntp.conf If the mode is more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31499r1_fix

Change the mode of the NTP configuration file to 0640 or less permissive. # chmod 0640 /etc/ntp.conf

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22297 - SV-38301r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000253
Vuln IDs
  • V-22297
Rule IDs
  • SV-38301r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not protected, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36243r1_chk

Verify the NTP configuration file has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/ntp.conf If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31500r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/ntp.conf

a
The system must limit users to 10 simultaneous system logins, or a site-defined number, in accordance with operational requirements.
AC-10 - Low - CCI-000054 - V-22298 - SV-26319r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
GEN000450
Vuln IDs
  • V-22298
Rule IDs
  • SV-26319r2_rule
Limiting simultaneous user logins can insulate the system from Denial of Service problems caused by excessive logins. Automated login processes operating improperly or maliciously may result in an exceptional number of simultaneous login sessions. If the defined value of 10 logins does not meet operational requirements, the site may define the permitted number of simultaneous login sessions based on operational requirements. This limit is for the number of simultaneous login sessions for EACH user account. This is NOT a limit on the total number of simultaneous login sessions on the system.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36260r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the attribute setting. # grep NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED /etc/default/security If NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED is set to greater than 10, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the attribute setting. # grep NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED is set to greater than 10, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31517r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update attribute. See the below example: NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED=10 For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update attribute. See the below example: NUMBER_OF_LOGINS_ALLOWED=10 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

a
The system must display the date and time of the last successful account login upon login.
AC-9 - Low - CCI-000052 - V-22299 - SV-38302r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000052
Version
GEN000452
Vuln IDs
  • V-22299
Rule IDs
  • SV-38302r1_rule
Providing users with feedback on when account accesses last occurred facilitates user recognition and reporting of unauthorized account use. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36261r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=PrintLastLog Required arg(s)=yes Default arg values include: "yes" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; are not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "PrintLastLog" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " If the return value is no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31518r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and modify the PrintLastLog line entry as follows: PrintLastLog yes

a
The system must display a publicly-viewable pattern during a graphical desktop environment session lock.
AC-14 - Low - CCI-000061 - V-22301 - SV-38275r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-14
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000061
Version
GEN000510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22301
Rule IDs
  • SV-38275r1_rule
To protect the on-screen content of a session, it must be replaced with a publicly-viewable pattern upon session lock. Examples of publicly viewable patterns include screen saver patterns, photographic images, solid colors, or a blank screen, so long as none of those patterns convey sensitive information. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices, as well as, to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems using remote access protocols.System AdministratorPESL-1
Checks: C-36263r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always be a manual review. Determine if a publicly-viewable pattern is displayed during a session lock. If the session lock pattern is not publicly-viewable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31520r1_fix

Configure the system to display a publicly-viewable pattern during a session lock.

b
The system must enforce the correctness of the entire password during authentication.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000205 - V-22302 - SV-52487r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000205
Version
GEN000585
Vuln IDs
  • V-22302
Rule IDs
  • SV-52487r1_rule
Some common password hashing schemes only process the first eight characters of a user's password, which reduces the effective strength of the password. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-47033r1_chk

Note that in certain instances, the password field of any given password database may present as “*” or “!!”, indicating that the account is locked or disabled. For Trusted Mode: Verify that password hashes in /tcb do not begin with a character other than a dollar sign ($). # cd /tcb/files/auth &amp;&amp; cat */* | egrep “:u_name=|:u_pwd=“ If user account password hashes begins with any character other than a dollar sign ($), this is a finding. For SMSE: Verify that password hashes in /etc/shadow do not begin with a character other than a dollar sign ($). # cat /etc/shadow | cut -f 2,2 -d “:” | egrep -v “^\\$|\\*|\\!\\!” If any password hash without a leading dollar sign is returned by the above command, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45446r1_fix

For Trusted Mode: NOTE: There is no fix for Trusted Mode/Systems (TS). MD5 is currently used, and per vendor documentation, this algorithm will not be updated, due to TS being deprecated for HP-UX 11i-v3 (11.31). For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update the attribute. See the below example: CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2-approved cryptographic hashing algorithm for generating account password hashes.
IA-7 - Medium - CCI-000803 - V-22303 - SV-52489r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
GEN000590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22303
Rule IDs
  • SV-52489r3_rule
Systems must employ cryptographic hashes for passwords using the SHA-2 family of algorithms or FIPS 140-2-approved successors. The use of unapproved algorithms may result in weak password hashes that are more vulnerable to compromise.System Administrator
Checks: C-47035r3_chk

For Trusted Mode: MD5 is currently the only available hashing function. Per vendor documentation, this algorithm will not be updated, due to TS being deprecated/replaced by SMSE. For SMSE: Check the system password for use of cryptographic hashes using the SHA-2 family of algorithms or FIPS 140-2-approved successors. # egrep “CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE|CRYPT_DEFAULT” /etc/default/security The following is an example output from the above command: CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 If the attributes “CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE” and “CRYPT_DEFAULT” are not set per the above example output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45448r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Note: There is no fix for Trusted Mode/Systems (TS). MD5 is currently used, and per vendor documentation, this algorithm will not be updated due to TS being deprecated/replaced by SMSE. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update the attribute. See the below example: CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The password hashes stored on the system must have been generated using a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-22304 - SV-52491r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN000595
Vuln IDs
  • V-22304
Rule IDs
  • SV-52491r2_rule
Systems must employ cryptographic hashes for passwords using the SHA-2 family of algorithms or FIPS 140-2 approved successors. The use of unapproved algorithms may result in weak password hashes that are more vulnerable to compromise.System Administrator
Checks: C-47037r1_chk

Note that in certain instances, the password field of any given password database may present as “*” or “!!”, indicating that the account is locked or disabled. For Trusted Mode: Verify that the first 3 characters in the /tcb password hashes begin with the characters “$6$” (note that double quotes are for emphasis only). # cd /tcb/files/auth &amp;&amp; cat */* | egrep “:u_name=|:u_pwd=“ If user account password hashes begins with any characters other than “$6$”, this is a finding. For SMSE: Verify that password hashes in /etc/shadow begin with the characters “$6$” (note that double quotes are for emphasis only). # cat /etc/shadow | cut -f 2,2 -d “:” | egrep -v “^\\*|\\!\\!” If user account password hashes begins with any characters other than “$6$”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45450r1_fix

For Trusted Mode: NOTE: There is no fix for Trusted Mode/Systems (TS). MD5 is currently used, and per vendor documentation, this algorithm will not be updated, due to TS being deprecated/replaced by SMSE. This will always result in a finding. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update the attribute. See the below example: CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_DEPRECATE=__unix__ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must require passwords contain at least one lowercase alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000193 - V-22305 - SV-38304r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000193
Version
GEN000610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22305
Rule IDs
  • SV-38304r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36292r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS setting. # cat /etc/default/security | grep PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS If PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS setting. # grep PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS is not set to 1 or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31549r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface or edit the /etc/default/security file and update the PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 If manually editing the file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS attribute. See the below example: PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

a
The system must restrict the ability to switch to the root user to members of a defined group.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000009 - V-22308 - SV-26349r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000009
Version
GEN000850
Vuln IDs
  • V-22308
Rule IDs
  • SV-26349r1_rule
Configuring a supplemental group for users permitted to switch to the root user prevents unauthorized users from accessing the root account, even with knowledge of the root credentials.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36297r1_chk

Check /etc/default/security for the SU_ROOT_GROUP setting. # grep SU_ROOT_GROUP /etc/default/security Unless this setting is present, configured, and not commented out, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31552r1_fix

Edit /etc/default/security and uncomment, set, or add the SU_ROOT_GROUP setting with a value of wheel or equivalent. If necessary, create a wheel group and add administrative users to the group.

b
The root account's home directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22309 - SV-38305r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22309
Rule IDs
  • SV-38305r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36298r1_chk

Verify the root account's home directory has no extended ACL. # ls -lLd ~root If the permissions include a "+", the directory has an extended ACL, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31553r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z ~root

b
The root account's library search path must be the system default and must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22310 - SV-38307r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000945
Vuln IDs
  • V-22310
Rule IDs
  • SV-38307r1_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Entries starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36299r1_chk

Check that the LD_LIBRARY_PATH and SHLIB_PATH variables are empty or not defined for the root user. Example: # echo $LD_LIBRARY_PATH # echo $SHLIB_PATH If a path list is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31554r1_fix

Edit the root user initialization files and remove any definition of LD_LIBRARY_PATH and SHLIB_PATH.

b
The root account's list of preloaded libraries must be empty.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22311 - SV-38308r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22311
Rule IDs
  • SV-38308r1_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries relative to the current working directory, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36300r1_chk

Verify the LD_PRELOAD environment variable is empty or not defined for the root user. # echo $LD_PRELOAD If a path list is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31555r1_fix

Edit the root user initialization files and remove any definition of LD_PRELOAD.

b
All files and directories must have a valid group owner.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22312 - SV-38279r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001170
Vuln IDs
  • V-22312
Rule IDs
  • SV-38279r1_rule
Files without a valid group owner may be unintentionally inherited if a group is assigned the same GID as the GID of the files without a valid group owner.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36311r1_chk

Search the system for files without a valid group owner. # find / -nogroup -print If any files are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31566r1_fix

Change the group-owner for each file without a valid group-owner. # chgrp <a-valid-group> <path>/<file-without-a-valid-group-owner>

b
All network services daemon files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22313 - SV-38280r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22313
Rule IDs
  • SV-38280r1_rule
Restricting permission on daemons will protect them from unauthorized modification and possible system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36312r3_chk

Check Content: Verify network services daemon files have no extended ACLs. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v '^#' | cut -f6,6 -d " " | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31567r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/< network-services-daemon>

b
All system command files must not have extended ACLs.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-22314 - SV-38281r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22314
Rule IDs
  • SV-38281r1_rule
Restricting permissions will protect system command files from unauthorized modification. System command files include files present in directories used by the operating system for storing default system executables and files present in directories included in the system's default executable search paths. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36313r1_chk

Verify all system command files have no extended ACLs. # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/usb /sbin /usr/sbin If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31568r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/<file-with-extended-ACL>

b
System log files must not have extended ACLs, except as needed to support authorized software.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-22315 - SV-38309r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
GEN001270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22315
Rule IDs
  • SV-38309r1_rule
If the system log files are not protected, unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating its forensic value. Authorized software may be given log file access through the use of extended ACLs when needed and configured to provide the least privileges required.trueSystem AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-36314r2_chk

Verify all system log files have no extended ACLs. # ls -lL /var/log /var/log/syslog /var/adm /var/opt If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL. If an extended ACL exists, verify with the SA if the ACL is required to support authorized software and provides the minimum necessary permissions. If an extended ACL exists providing access beyond the needs of authorized software, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31569r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/*

a
All manual page files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22316 - SV-38282r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001290
Vuln IDs
  • V-22316
Rule IDs
  • SV-38282r2_rule
If manual pages are compromised, misleading information could be inserted, causing actions possibly compromising the system.System Administrator
Checks: C-36315r5_chk

Verify that all manual page files do not have extended ACLs. # find `env | grep MANPATH | cut -f 2,2 -d "=" | tr ':' ' ' ` -type f -exec ls -al '{}' | grep '^[a-zA-Z\-]\{10\}+' If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31570r2_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file(s). # chacl -z /usr/share/man/* /usr/share/info/* /usr/share/infopage/*

b
All library files must not have extended ACLs.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-22317 - SV-38283r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001310
Vuln IDs
  • V-22317
Rule IDs
  • SV-38283r1_rule
Unauthorized access could destroy the integrity of the library files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36316r2_chk

Verify system libraries have no extended ACLs. # ls -lLR /usr/lib/* /lib/* If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31571r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /usr/lib/* /lib/*

b
NIS/NIS+/yp command files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22318 - SV-38284r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001361
Vuln IDs
  • V-22318
Rule IDs
  • SV-38284r1_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. ACLs on these files could result in unauthorized modification, which could compromise these processes and the system. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36317r1_chk

Verify NIS/NIS+/yp files have no extended ACLs. # ls -lL /var/yp/* If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31572r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/yp/*

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22319 - SV-38310r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001362
Vuln IDs
  • V-22319
Rule IDs
  • SV-38310r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36318r1_chk

Verify the /etc/resolv.conf file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/resolv.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31573r1_fix

As root, change the owner of the /etc/resolv.conf file to root. # chown root /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22320 - SV-38311r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001363
Vuln IDs
  • V-22320
Rule IDs
  • SV-38311r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36319r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the resolv.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/resolv.conf If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31574r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/resolv.conf file to root, bin, sys, or other. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22321 - SV-38312r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001364
Vuln IDs
  • V-22321
Rule IDs
  • SV-38312r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36320r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/resolv.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/resolv.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31575r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/resolv.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22322 - SV-38285r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001365
Vuln IDs
  • V-22322
Rule IDs
  • SV-38285r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36321r1_chk

Verify /etc/resolv.conf has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/resolv.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31576r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/hosts file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22323 - SV-38313r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001366
Vuln IDs
  • V-22323
Rule IDs
  • SV-38313r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36322r1_chk

Verify the /etc/hosts file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31577r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/hosts file to root. # chown root /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22324 - SV-38314r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001367
Vuln IDs
  • V-22324
Rule IDs
  • SV-38314r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36323r1_chk

Check the /etc/hosts file's group ownership. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31578r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/hosts file to root, sys, bin, or other. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22325 - SV-38315r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001368
Vuln IDs
  • V-22325
Rule IDs
  • SV-38315r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36324r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/hosts file. # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31579r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/hosts file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22326 - SV-38286r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001369
Vuln IDs
  • V-22326
Rule IDs
  • SV-38286r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36325r1_chk

Verify /etc/hosts has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31580r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22327 - SV-38316r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001371
Vuln IDs
  • V-22327
Rule IDs
  • SV-38316r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36326r1_chk

Verify the /etc/nsswitch.conf file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31581r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to root. # chown root /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22328 - SV-38317r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001372
Vuln IDs
  • V-22328
Rule IDs
  • SV-38317r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36327r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the nsswitch.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31582r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to root, bin, sys, or other. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22329 - SV-38319r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001373
Vuln IDs
  • V-22329
Rule IDs
  • SV-38319r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36328r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31583r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22330 - SV-38320r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001374
Vuln IDs
  • V-22330
Rule IDs
  • SV-38320r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36329r1_chk

Verify /etc/nsswitch.conf has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/nsswitch.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31584r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/passwd file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22332 - SV-38335r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001378
Vuln IDs
  • V-22332
Rule IDs
  • SV-38335r1_rule
The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36343r1_chk

Verify the /etc/passwd file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/passwd If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31602r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/passwd file to root. # chown root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22333 - SV-38336r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001379
Vuln IDs
  • V-22333
Rule IDs
  • SV-38336r1_rule
The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36344r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/passwd If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31603r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/passwd file to root, bin, sys, or other. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22334 - SV-38321r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22334
Rule IDs
  • SV-38321r1_rule
File system ACLs can provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36345r1_chk

Verify /etc/passwd has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/passwd If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31600r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/group file must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22335 - SV-38337r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001391
Vuln IDs
  • V-22335
Rule IDs
  • SV-38337r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be owned by a privileged user. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36346r1_chk

Verify the /etc/group file is owned by bin. # ls -lL /etc/group If the file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31601r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/group file to bin. # chown bin /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22336 - SV-38338r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001392
Vuln IDs
  • V-22336
Rule IDs
  • SV-38338r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36353r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the /etc/group file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/group If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31652r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/group file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22337 - SV-38339r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001393
Vuln IDs
  • V-22337
Rule IDs
  • SV-38339r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-37724r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/group file. # ls -l /etc/group If the file mode is more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31653r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/group file to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22338 - SV-38322r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001394
Vuln IDs
  • V-22338
Rule IDs
  • SV-38322r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36355r1_chk

Verify /etc/group has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/group If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31654r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/group file. # chacl -z /etc/group

b
The /etc/shadow file (or equivalent) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22339 - SV-38340r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001410
Vuln IDs
  • V-22339
Rule IDs
  • SV-38340r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36356r2_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the TCB auth files and directories. # ls -lLd /tcb /tcb/files /tcp/files/auth # ls -lL /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If the group-owner of any of the /tcb files and directories is not root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31655r2_fix

For Trusted Mode: # chgrp root /tcb #chgrp root /tcb/files /tcb/files/auth # chgrp root /tcb/files/auth/[a-z]/* For SMSE: # chgrp root /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/shadow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22340 - SV-26441r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22340
Rule IDs
  • SV-26441r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36357r4_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the TCB auth files and directories. # ls -lLd /tcb /tcb/files /tcp/files/auth # ls -lL /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If the permissions of any of the /tcb files and directories include a “+”, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file permissions include a “+”, the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31693r3_fix

For Trusted Mode: # chacl -z /tcb # chacl -z /tcb/files /tcb/files/auth # chacl -z /tcb/files/auth/[a-z]/* For SMSE: # chacl -z /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/passwd file must not contain password hashes.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000201 - V-22347 - SV-38323r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000201
Version
GEN001470
Vuln IDs
  • V-22347
Rule IDs
  • SV-38323r2_rule
If password hashes are readable by non-administrators, the passwords are subject to attack through lookup tables or cryptographic weaknesses in the hashes.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36358r2_chk

Verify no password hashes are present in /etc/passwd. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 2,2 -d “:” If any password hashes are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31694r2_fix

Migrate /etc/passwd password hashes. For Trusted Mode: Use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to migrate from a non-SMSE Standard Mode to Trusted Mode. For SMSE Mode: Use the following command to create the shadow file. The command will then copy all encrypted passwords into the shadow file and replace the passwd file password entries with an “x”. # pwconv

b
The /etc/group file must not contain any group password hashes.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22348 - SV-38341r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001475
Vuln IDs
  • V-22348
Rule IDs
  • SV-38341r1_rule
Group passwords are typically shared and should not be used. Additionally, if password hashes are readable by non-administrators, the passwords are subject to attack through lookup tables or cryptographic weaknesses in the hashes.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36359r1_chk

Check the /etc/group file for password hashes. # cat /etc/group | cut -f 2,2 -d ":" If the above command returns anything other than a blank or "*" character, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31696r1_fix

Edit /etc/group and change the password field to include an asterisk (*) as the first character to lock the group password.

a
User home directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22350 - SV-38324r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001490
Vuln IDs
  • V-22350
Rule IDs
  • SV-38324r1_rule
Excessive permissions on home directories allow unauthorized access to user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36360r1_chk

Verify user home directories have no extended ACLs. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" | xargs -n1 ls -lLd If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31697r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [user home directory with extended ACL]

b
All files and directories contained in user home directories must be group-owned by a group of which the home directory's owner is a member.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22351 - SV-35145r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001550
Vuln IDs
  • V-22351
Rule IDs
  • SV-35145r1_rule
If a user's files are group-owned by a group of which the user is not a member, unintended users may be able to access them.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36548r3_chk

Check the contents of user home directories for files group-owned by a group of which the home directory's owner is not a member: List the user accounts. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d ":" For each user account, get a list of GIDs for files in the user's home directory. # find ~&lt;username&gt; | xargs ls -ldn | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | awk '{print $4, $NF}' Obtain the list of GIDs associated with the user's account. # id &lt;username&gt; OR # id -G &lt;username&gt; OR # cat /etc/group | grep &lt;username&gt; Check the GID lists. If there are GIDs in the file list not present in the user list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31914r1_fix

Change the group of a file not group-owned by a group of which the home directory's owner is a member. # chgrp [<username>'s primary group] [file with bad group ownership]

b
All files and directories contained in user home directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22352 - SV-38325r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22352
Rule IDs
  • SV-38325r1_rule
Excessive permissions allow unauthorized access to user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36361r1_chk

Check the contents of user home directories for files with extended ACLs. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" | xargs -n1 -IDIR ls -alLR DIR If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31698r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [user file with extended ACL]

b
All run control scripts must have no extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22353 - SV-38342r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22353
Rule IDs
  • SV-38342r1_rule
If the startup files are writable by other users, they could modify the startup files to insert malicious commands into the startup files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36362r2_chk

Check that run control scripts have no extended ACLs. # ls -lLa /sbin/init.d/[a-z,A-Z,0-9]* If the permissions include a '+' the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31699r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [run control script with extended ACL]

b
Run control scripts library search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22354 - SV-38343r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001605
Vuln IDs
  • V-22354
Rule IDs
  • SV-38343r3_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory.. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36363r3_chk

Verify the run control scripts library search paths do not contain references to the current working directory or other relative paths that have not been authorized by the ISSO. # egrep "LD_LIBRARY_PATH|SHLIB_PATH" /sbin/init.d/[a-z,A-Z,0-9]* This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31700r2_fix

Edit the run control script and remove any relative or empty path entry from the library search path variable that has not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the run control script and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
Run control scripts lists of preloaded libraries must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22355 - SV-38344r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22355
Rule IDs
  • SV-38344r3_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries to the current working directory that have not been authorized, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36383r3_chk

Verify the run control scripts library preload paths do not contain references to the current working directory or other relative paths in any script where the following library PATH variable(s) occurs that have not been authorized by the ISSO. # egrep "LD_PRELOAD" /sbin/init.d/[a-z,A-Z,0-9]* This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31721r2_fix

Edit the run control script and remove any relative entries from the library preload variables that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the run control script and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
All global initialization files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22356 - SV-38345r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22356
Rule IDs
  • SV-38345r1_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36384r1_chk

Check global initialization files for extended ACLs. # ls -lL /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login /etc/security/environ If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31723r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [global initialization file with extended ACL]

b
Skeleton files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22357 - SV-38346r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22357
Rule IDs
  • SV-38346r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36385r1_chk

Check skeleton files for extended ACLs. # ls -alL /etc/skel If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31724r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [skeleton file with extended ACL]

b
All skeleton files (typically in /etc/skel) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, system, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22358 - SV-38347r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001830
Vuln IDs
  • V-22358
Rule IDs
  • SV-38347r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36386r1_chk

Verify the skeleton files are group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other. # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding

Fix: F-31725r1_fix

Change the group owner of the skeleton file to root, bin, sys, or other. # chgrp <group> /etc/skel/<skeleton file>

b
Global initialization files library search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22359 - SV-38348r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001845
Vuln IDs
  • V-22359
Rule IDs
  • SV-38348r3_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contains a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36387r3_chk

Check the global initialization files' library search path. # egrep "LD_LIBRARY_PATH|SHLIB_PATH" /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31727r2_fix

Edit the global initialization file and remove the relative path entries from the library search path variables that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the global initialization file and remove any empty entry that is defined.

b
Global initialization files lists of preloaded libraries must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22360 - SV-38349r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001850
Vuln IDs
  • V-22360
Rule IDs
  • SV-38349r3_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries to the current working directory that have not been authorized, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36388r3_chk

Check the global initialization files' library preload list. # grep LD_PRELOAD /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31728r2_fix

Edit the global initialization file and remove the relative path entry from the library preload list variables that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the global initialization file(s) and remove any empty entry that is defined for the library preload list.

b
Local initialization files must be group-owned by the user's primary group or root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22361 - SV-34926r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001870
Vuln IDs
  • V-22361
Rule IDs
  • SV-34926r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36389r2_chk

Check user home directories for local initialization files group-owned by a group other than the user's primary group or root. 1. List user accounts and their primary GID. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,4 -d ":" 2. Check local initialization files for each user. Field #1 above is USER and Field #4 is the user's GID. # ls -alL ~USER/.login ~USER/.cshrc ~USER/.logout ~USER/.profile ~USER/.bash_profile ~USER/.bashrc ~USER/.bash_logout ~USER/.env ~USER/.dtprofile ~USER/.dispatch ~USER/.emacs ~USER/.exrc 3. If any file is not group-owned by root or the user's primary GID, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31730r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the local initialization file to the user's primary group or root. # chgrp [USER's primary GID] ~USER/[local initialization file]

b
Local initialization files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22362 - SV-38350r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001890
Vuln IDs
  • V-22362
Rule IDs
  • SV-38350r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36390r3_chk

Check user home directories for local initialization files with extended ACLs. # ls `cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 6,6 -d ":" ` | grep "/home" | sort | uniq | xargs -n1 ls -alL 2&gt;/dev/null | egrep "\.bash_logout|\.bash_profile|\.bashrc|\.cshrc|\.dispatch|\.dtprofile|\.emacs|\.env|\.exrc|\.login|\.logout|\.profile" NOTE that the above command assumes the "base" of the user's home directory is "/home". If the system being checked uses a different "base", that "base" must be substituted for what is used in the above example. If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31731r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [local initialization file with extended ACL]

b
Local initialization files library search paths must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22363 - SV-38351r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001901
Vuln IDs
  • V-22363
Rule IDs
  • SV-38351r3_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, two consecutive colons, or a single period, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36391r3_chk

Verify that any PATH variable contained in a user's local initialization files uses only authorized paths. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d ":" | xargs -n1 -IUSER sh -c 'egrep -i "LD_LIBRARY_PATH|SHLIB_PATH" ~USER/.*' The PATH variable is a colon-delimited directory list. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31732r2_fix

Edit the user's local initialization file(s) and remove any relative path entry from the library search LIBRARY_PATH and/or SHLIB_PATH variable(s) that have not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the user’s local initialization file(s) and remove any empty entry that is defined for the “LIBRARY_PATH” and/or “SHLIB_PATH” variable(s).

b
Local initialization files lists of preloaded libraries must contain only authorized paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22364 - SV-34928r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001902
Vuln IDs
  • V-22364
Rule IDs
  • SV-34928r3_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries to the current working directory that have not been authorized, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-36394r3_chk

Verify local initialization files have library preload list path containing only authorized paths. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d ":" | xargs -n1 -IUSER sh -c 'grep "LD_PRELOAD" ~USER/.*' The LD_PRELOAD variable is a colon-delimited directory list. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), or has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31733r2_fix

Edit the local initialization file and remove any relative/empty path entry from the library LD_PRELOAD variable that has not been documented with the ISSO. Edit the local initialization file and remove any empty entry that is defined for the “LD_PRELOAD” variable.

b
All shell files must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22365 - SV-38352r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22365
Rule IDs
  • SV-38352r1_rule
If shell files are group-owned by users other than root or a system group, they could be modified by intruders or malicious users to perform unauthorized actions.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36395r1_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the group ownership of each shell referenced. Procedure: # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. Procedure: # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If a shell is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31734r1_fix

Change the group owner of the shell to root, bin, sys, or other. Procedure: # chgrp root <shell>

b
All shell files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22366 - SV-38353r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002230
Vuln IDs
  • V-22366
Rule IDs
  • SV-38353r1_rule
Shells with world/group write permissions give the ability to maliciously modify the shell to obtain unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36396r1_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the permissions of each shell referenced. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31735r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [shell]

b
Audio devices must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22367 - SV-38354r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002330
Vuln IDs
  • V-22367
Rule IDs
  • SV-38354r1_rule
File system ACLs can provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36397r1_chk

Check the permissions of audio devices. Determine audio devices and class identifiers, i.e., audio should be listed as audio. # ioscan Determine audio/video device special files. # ioscan -fn -C &lt;class ID from the above command output&gt; Determine the device file mode. # ls -lL &lt;device special file&gt; If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31736r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z [device file]

b
Removable media, remote file systems, and any file system not containing approved device files must be mounted with the nodev option.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22368 - SV-29568r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22368
Rule IDs
  • SV-29568r1_rule
The nodev (or equivalent) mount option causes the system to not handle device files as system devices. This option must be used for mounting any file system not containing approved device files. Device files can provide direct access to system hardware and can compromise security if not protected.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36398r1_chk

Each file system line entry must contain a device specific file and may additionally contain all of the following fields, in the following order: mount directory, type, options, backup frequency, pass number (on parallel fsck) and comment. Check /etc/fstab and verify that the nodevs mount option is used on all NFS file systems. If an NFS file system is not using the nodevs option, this is a finding. # cat /etc/fstab | grep -v "^#" | grep nfs

Fix: F-31737r1_fix

Edit /etc/fstab and add the nodevs mount option to all entries for NFS file systems.

b
All system audit files must not have extended ACLs.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-22369 - SV-38355r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
GEN002710
Vuln IDs
  • V-22369
Rule IDs
  • SV-38355r2_rule
If a user can write to the audit logs, then audit trails can be modified or destroyed and system intrusion may not be detected.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-36436r3_chk

Inspect the auditing configuration file, /etc/rc.config.d/auditing, to determine the filename and path of the audit logs. The entries should appear similar to the following: PRI_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file1 SEC_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file2 # egrep “PRI_AUDFILE|SEC_AUDFILE” /etc/rc.config.d/auditing For each audit log directory/file, check the permissions. # ls -lLd &lt;audit directory&gt; # ls -lLa &lt;audit file&gt; If any audit log directory/file permissions include a “+”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31775r2_fix

As root, remove the ACL. # chacl -z <audit directory> # chacl -z <audit file>

a
System audit tool executables must be owned by root.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22370 - SV-26506r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002715
Vuln IDs
  • V-22370
Rule IDs
  • SV-26506r2_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36437r2_chk

Verify the audit tools are owned by root or bin (bin is the default owner). The list of files should minimally include the following: audevent - Change/display event/system call status. audfilter - Load/clear/display the audit filtering policy. auditdp - Selectively read/write and convert/format the audit data. audisp - Display audit records. audomon - Audit file monitoring and size parameter setpoints. audsys - Start/stop auditing; set/display the audit file or directory information. userdbset - Select user to be audited. # ls -lL /usr/sbin/aud* /usr/sbin/userdb* If any system audit tool is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31776r2_fix

As root, change the file ownership. # chown root <audit_tool_filename>

a
System audit tool executables must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22371 - SV-26509r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002716
Vuln IDs
  • V-22371
Rule IDs
  • SV-26509r2_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36438r2_chk

Verify the audit tools are group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other. The list of files should minimally include the following: audevent - Change/display event/system call status. audfilter - Load/clear/display the audit filtering policy. auditdp - Selectively read/write and convert/format the audit data. audisp - Display audit records. audomon - Audit file monitoring and size parameter setpoints. audsys - Start/stop auditing; set/display the audit file or directory information. userdbset - Select user to be audited. # ls -lL /usr/sbin/aud* /usr/sbin/userdb* If any system audit tool is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31777r2_fix

As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp root <audit_tool_filename>

a
System audit tool executables must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22372 - SV-26512r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002717
Vuln IDs
  • V-22372
Rule IDs
  • SV-26512r2_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36439r2_chk

Verify the audit tools file permissions. The list of files should minimally include the following: audevent - Change/display event/system call status. audfilter - Load/clear/display the audit filtering policy. auditdp - Selectively read/write and convert/format the audit data. audisp - Display audit records. audomon - Audit file monitoring and size parameter setpoints. audsys - Start/stop auditing; set/display the audit file or directory information. userdbset - Select user to be audited. # ls -lL /usr/sbin/aud* /usr/sbin/userdb* If any system audit tool has a file permissions greater than 0750, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31778r2_fix

As root, change the file permissions. # chmod 0750 <audit tool executable>

a
System audit tool executables must not have extended ACLs.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22373 - SV-26516r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002718
Vuln IDs
  • V-22373
Rule IDs
  • SV-26516r2_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36440r3_chk

Verify the audit tools file permissions. The list of files should minimally include the following: audevent - Change/display event/system call status. audfilter - Load/clear/display the audit filtering policy. auditdp - Selectively read/write and convert/format the audit data. audisp - Display audit records. audomon - Audit file monitoring and size parameter setpoints. audsys - Start/stop auditing; set/display the audit file or directory information. userdbset - Select user to be audited. # ls -lL /usr/sbin/aud* /usr/sbin/userdb* If any audit tool file permissions include a “+”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31779r2_fix

As root, change the file permissions. # chacl -z <audit_tool_filename>

a
The audit system must alert the SA in the event of an audit processing failure.
AU-5 - Low - CCI-000139 - V-22374 - SV-38356r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000139
Version
GEN002719
Vuln IDs
  • V-22374
Rule IDs
  • SV-38356r1_rule
An accurate and current audit trail is essential for maintaining a record of system activity. If the system fails, the SA must be notified and must take prompt action to correct the problem. Minimally, the system must log this event and the SA will receive this notification during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as e-mail or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures. System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36806r2_chk

"audomon" is spawned by /sbin/init.d/auditing when the system is booted with the parameter AUDITING is set to 1 in /etc/rc.config.d/auditing. audomon monitors the capacity of the current audit trail and the file system on which the audit trail is located. audomon prints out warning messages when either capacity is approaching full. audomon also checks the audit trail and the file system against two switch points: FileSpaceSwitch (FSS) and Audit-FileSwitch (AFS). If either switch point is reached, audit recording automatically switches to an alternative audit trail. audomon also takes action, such as sending an email at the switch point if there is a task specified with the -X option. Using the -o option, audomon specifies the file where warning messages are written. By default, warning messages are sent to the console. # cat /sbin/init.d/auditing | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v "^#" | grep "audomon" If audomon has been invoked without the "-o &lt;file&gt;" option (at a minimum), this is a finding.

Fix: F-32183r2_fix

Configure the /sbin/init.d/auditing file to invoke audomon with (at a minimum) the "-o <file>" option. Then restart auditing: # /sbin/init.d/auditing stop # /sbin/init.d/auditing start

b
The audit system must alert the SA when the audit storage volume approaches its capacity.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000143 - V-22375 - SV-29653r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000143
Version
GEN002730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22375
Rule IDs
  • SV-29653r1_rule
An accurate and current audit trail is essential for maintaining a record of system activity. If the system fails, the SA must be notified and must take prompt action to correct the problem. Minimally, the system must log this event and the SA will receive this notification during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as e-mail or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36441r1_chk

Determine if the audit system is configured to generate warnings when the audit storage volume approaches capacity. Procedure: # cat /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep AUDOMON_ARGS | grep "\-w" If the -w parameter does not exist, this is a finding. If the number following the -w parameter (which represents the threshold for percentage of capacity) is greater than 90, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31780r1_fix

Edit the AUDOMON_ARGS parameter of the /etc/rc.config.d/auditing file to include -w 90.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account creation.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000018 - V-22376 - SV-29670r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000018
Version
GEN002750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22376
Rule IDs
  • SV-29670r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises, and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36442r1_chk

Check the auditing configuration of the system. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep admin If no results are returned, the system is not configured to audit administrative actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31782r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e admin to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account modification.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001403 - V-22377 - SV-29675r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001403
Version
GEN002751
Vuln IDs
  • V-22377
Rule IDs
  • SV-29675r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36443r1_chk

Check the auditing configuration of the system. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep admin If no results are returned, the system is not configured to audit administrative actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31783r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e admin to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account disabling.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001404 - V-22378 - SV-29676r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001404
Version
GEN002752
Vuln IDs
  • V-22378
Rule IDs
  • SV-29676r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36444r1_chk

Check the auditing configuration of the system. # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep admin If no results are returned, the system is not configured to audit administrative actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31784r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e admin to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account termination.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001405 - V-22382 - SV-29679r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001405
Version
GEN002753
Vuln IDs
  • V-22382
Rule IDs
  • SV-29679r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36446r1_chk

Check the auditing configuration of the system. Procedure: # grep -i audevent_args1 /etc/rc.config.d/auditing | grep admin If no results are returned, the system is not configured to audit administrative actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31785r1_fix

Edit /etc/rc.config.d/auditing and add -e admin to the end of the AUDEVENT_ARGS1 parameter.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit the loading and unloading of dynamic kernel modules.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-22383 - SV-26525r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002825
Vuln IDs
  • V-22383
Rule IDs
  • SV-26525r2_rule
Actions concerning dynamic kernel modules must be recorded as they are substantial events. Dynamic kernel modules can increase the attack surface of a system. A malicious kernel module can be used to substantially alter the functioning of a system, often with the purpose of hiding a compromise from the SA.System Administrator
Checks: C-36447r2_chk

Check /etc/audit/audit_site.conf file to determine if syscalls handling kernel modules are audited. # egrep -i "admin|modload|moduload|modpath" /etc/audit/audit_site.conf All of the above syscalls must be defined in the file, otherwise this is a finding.

Fix: F-31786r2_fix

Edit /etc/audit/audit_site.conf and add the admin, modload, moduload, and modpath syscalls to the list of events to be audited.

b
The cron.allow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22384 - SV-38357r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002990
Vuln IDs
  • V-22384
Rule IDs
  • SV-38357r1_rule
A cron.allow file that is readable and/or writable by other than root could allow potential intruders and malicious users to use the file contents to help discern information, such as who is allowed to execute cron programs, which could be harmful to overall system and network security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36448r1_chk

Check the permissions of the cron.allow file. # ls -lL /etc/cron.allow If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31787r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/cron.allow

b
Crontab files must be group-owned by root, sys, cron, or the crontab creators primary group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22385 - SV-38358r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003050
Vuln IDs
  • V-22385
Rule IDs
  • SV-38358r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36449r3_chk

Check the group ownership of the crontab files. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the group-owner is not root sys (default), cron, or the crontab owner's primary group, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31788r1_fix

Change the group owner of the crontab file. # chgrp root <crontab file>

b
Crontab files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22386 - SV-38359r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003090
Vuln IDs
  • V-22386
Rule IDs
  • SV-38359r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. ACLs on crontab files may provide unauthorized access to the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36470r1_chk

Check the permissions of the crontab files. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31813r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <crontab file>

b
Cron and crontab directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22387 - SV-38360r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003110
Vuln IDs
  • V-22387
Rule IDs
  • SV-38360r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. ACLs on cron and crontab directories may provide unauthorized access to these directories. Unauthorized modifications to these directories or their contents may result in the addition of unauthorized cron jobs or deny service to authorized cron jobs. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36471r1_chk

Check the permissions of the crontab directories. # ls -ld /var/spool/cron/crontabs If the permissions include a "+", the directory has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31814r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the directory. # chacl -z <crontab directory>

b
The cron log files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22388 - SV-38361r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22388
Rule IDs
  • SV-38361r1_rule
Cron logs contain reports of scheduled system activities and must be protected from unauthorized access or manipulation.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-36472r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/log If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31815r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/cron/log

b
The cron.deny file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22389 - SV-38362r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22389
Rule IDs
  • SV-38362r1_rule
If there are excessive file permissions for the cron.deny file, sensitive information could be viewed or edited by unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36473r1_chk

Check the permissions of the crontab files for an ACL. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31816r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/cron/cron.deny

b
The at.allow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22390 - SV-38363r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003245
Vuln IDs
  • V-22390
Rule IDs
  • SV-38363r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Unauthorized modification of the at.allow file could result in Denial of Service to authorized at users and the granting of the ability to run at jobs to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36474r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.allow If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31817r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/cron/at.allow

b
The cron.allow file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22391 - SV-34991r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003250
Vuln IDs
  • V-22391
Rule IDs
  • SV-34991r1_rule
If the group of the cron.allow is not set to root, bin, sys or other, the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or edit the list of users permitted to use cron. Unauthorized modification of this file could cause Denial of Service to authorized cron users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run cron jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36475r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.allow If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31818r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the file. # chgrp root /var/adm/cron/cron.allow

b
The at.deny file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22392 - SV-26557r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003252
Vuln IDs
  • V-22392
Rule IDs
  • SV-26557r1_rule
The at daemon control files restrict access to scheduled job manipulation and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the at.deny file could result in Denial of Service to authorized at users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36476r1_chk

Check the mode of the file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.deny If the file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31819r1_fix

Change the mode of the file. # chmod 0600 /var/adm/cron/at.deny

b
The at.deny file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22393 - SV-26561r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003255
Vuln IDs
  • V-22393
Rule IDs
  • SV-26561r1_rule
The at daemon control files restrict access to scheduled job manipulation and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the at.deny file could result in Denial of Service to authorized at users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36477r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/at.deny If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31820r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/cron/at.deny

b
The cron.deny file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22394 - SV-34993r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22394
Rule IDs
  • SV-34993r1_rule
Cron daemon control files restrict the scheduling of automated tasks and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the cron.deny file could result in Denial of Service to authorized cron users or could provide unauthorized users with the ability to run cron jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36478r1_chk

Determine the cron.deny file's group owner. # ls -lL /var/adm/cron/cron.deny If the file is not group-owned by root, bin sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31821r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the cron.deny file. # chgrp root /var/adm/cron/cron.deny

b
The at directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22395 - SV-38364r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003410
Vuln IDs
  • V-22395
Rule IDs
  • SV-38364r1_rule
If the at directory has an extended ACL, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or to edit files containing sensitive information within the at directory. Unauthorized modifications could result in Denial of Service to authorized at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36479r1_chk

Check the permissions of the directory. # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/atjobs If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31823r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the directory. # chacl -z /var/spool/cron/atjobs

b
The at directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22396 - SV-34995r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22396
Rule IDs
  • SV-34995r1_rule
If the group of the at directory is not root, bin, sys or other, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit files containing sensitive information within the directory. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36481r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. Procedure: # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/atjobs If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other this is a finding.

Fix: F-31829r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the file to root, bin, sys or other. # chgrp root /var/spool/cron/atjobs

b
The at.allow file must be group-owned by root, sys, bin or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22397 - SV-26571r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003470
Vuln IDs
  • V-22397
Rule IDs
  • SV-26571r1_rule
If the group-owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, sys, bin or other, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit the list of users permitted to run at jobs. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial of Service to authorized at users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36484r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. Procedure: # ls -lL /usr/lib/cron/at.allow If the file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31835r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the file. # chgrp root /usr/lib/cron/at.allow

b
The at.deny file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22398 - SV-26574r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003490
Vuln IDs
  • V-22398
Rule IDs
  • SV-26574r1_rule
If the group-owner of the at.deny file is not set to root, bin, sys, other, or cron, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial of Service to authorized at users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run at jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36486r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. Procedure: # ls -lL /usr/lib/cron/at.deny If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31838r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the at.deny file to root, bin, sys, or other. # chgrp root /usr/lib/cron/at.deny

a
The system must be configured to store any process core dumps in a specific, centralized directory.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22399 - SV-26577r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003501
Vuln IDs
  • V-22399
Rule IDs
  • SV-26577r1_rule
Specifying a centralized location for core file creation allows for the centralized protection of core files. Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If process core dump creation is not configured to use a centralized directory, core dumps may be created in a directory without appropriate ownership or permissions configured, which could result in unauthorized access to the core dumps.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36488r2_chk

View all coreadm configuration settings. # coreadm Or View only if a directory is defined for process core dumps. If no information is returned, a directory has not been defined. # coreadm | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | egrep -i "global core file pattern|global core dumps" If the process core dump directory is undefined and core dumps are disabled, this is not applicable. If the process core dump directory is defined with a relative path (does not start with a slash "/") and core dumps are enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31840r2_fix

Change the core file pattern. # coreadm -I /var/adm/crash/core.%f.%p Where: %f = Will be assigned the executable/program file name creating the core %p = Will be assigned the executable/program process ID creating the core Ensure that core dumps are enabled: # coreadm -e global

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22400 - SV-26580r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003502
Vuln IDs
  • V-22400
Rule IDs
  • SV-26580r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the centralized process core dump data directory is not owned by root, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36489r2_chk

View all coreadm configuration settings. # coreadm Or View only if a directory is defined for process core dumps. If no information is returned, a directory has not been defined. # coreadm | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | egrep -i "global core file pattern|global core dumps" If the process core dump directory is undefined and core dumps are disabled, this is not applicable. To check the ownership of the &lt;core file directory&gt;, substitute the global core file pattern from the above command into the next command. # ls -lLd `dirname &lt;global core file pattern&gt;` If the directory is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31841r3_fix

If the core file dump pattern is undefined, ensure that core dumps are disabled. # coreadm -d global If the core file dump pattern is defined and core dumps are enabled and the core file directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, change the owner of the core file directory. # chown root <core file directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22401 - SV-26583r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003503
Vuln IDs
  • V-22401
Rule IDs
  • SV-26583r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the centralized process core dump data directory is not group-owned by a system group, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36490r2_chk

View all coreadm configuration settings. # coreadm Or View only if a directory is defined for process core dumps. If no information is returned, a directory has not been defined. # coreadm | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | egrep -i "global core file pattern|global core dumps" If the process core dump directory is undefined and core dumps are disabled, this is not applicable. Check the group ownership of the &lt;core file directory&gt; # ls -lLd `dirname "${CorePathFile}"` If the process core dump directory is defined and core dumps are enabled and the directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31842r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the core file directory. # chgrp root <core file directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22402 - SV-26598r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003504
Vuln IDs
  • V-22402
Rule IDs
  • SV-26598r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the process core dump data directory has a mode more permissive than 0700, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify sensitive information contained any process core dumps in the directory.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36491r3_chk

Check Content: View all coreadm configuration settings. # coreadm Or View only if a directory is defined for process core dumps. If no information is returned, a directory has not been defined. # coreadm | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | egrep -i "global core file pattern|global core dumps" If the process core dump directory is undefined and core dumps are disabled, this is not applicable. Check the permissions of the &lt;core file directory&gt; # ls -lLd `dirname &lt;core dump directory&gt;` If the core dump directory is more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31844r2_fix

If the core file dump pattern is undefined, ensure that core dumps are disabled. # coreadm -d global If the core file dump pattern is defined and core dumps are enabled and the core file directory mode is not 0700, change the mode of the core file directory. # chmod 0700 <core file directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22403 - SV-26603r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003505
Vuln IDs
  • V-22403
Rule IDs
  • SV-26603r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the process core dump data directory has an extended ACL, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify sensitive information contained any process core dumps in the directory. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36492r2_chk

View all coreadm configuration settings. # coreadm Or View only if a directory is defined for process core dumps. If no information is returned, a directory has not been defined. # coreadm | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | egrep -i "global core file pattern|global core dumps" If the process core dump directory is undefined and core dumps are disabled, this is not applicable. If the process core dump directory is defined and core dumps are enabled, check the permissions of the &lt;core file directory&gt; # ls -lLd `dirname &lt;core dump directory&gt;` If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31845r2_fix

If the core file dump pattern is undefined, ensure that core dumps are disabled. # coreadm -d global If the core file dump pattern is defined and core dumps are enabled and the core file directory permissions include a "+" (ACL), remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <core file directory>

b
Kernel core dumps must be disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22404 - SV-26607r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22404
Rule IDs
  • SV-26607r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. Kernel core dumps may consume a considerable amount of disk space and may result in Denial of Service by exhausting the available space on the target file system. The kernel core dump process may increase the amount of time a system is unavailable due to a crash. Kernel core dumps can be useful for kernel debugging.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36493r2_chk

Verify crash dumps are disabled. # crashconf -v If the "included" list is not empty or fully disabled, this is a finding. # crashconf -v | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 3,3 -d " " | \ egrep -c -i "yes," If the above command returns a value &gt;0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31846r1_fix

Disable crash dumps. # crashconf -e all Edit /etc/rc.config.d/crashconf and set CRASH_EXCLUDED_PAGES="all".

a
The kernel core dump data directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22405 - SV-26611r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003521
Vuln IDs
  • V-22405
Rule IDs
  • SV-26611r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the kernel core dump data directory is not group-owned by a system group, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36495r1_chk

Determine the kernel core dump data directory and check its ownership. # ls -lLd /var/adm/crash If the directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other this is a finding.

Fix: F-31849r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the kernel core dump data directory. # chgrp root /var/adm/crash

a
The kernel core dump data directory must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22406 - SV-26615r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003522
Vuln IDs
  • V-22406
Rule IDs
  • SV-26615r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the mode of the kernel core dump data directory is more permissive than 0700, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify kernel core dump data files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36496r1_chk

Determine the kernel core dump data directory and check its permissions. # ls -lLd /var/adm/crash If the directory has a mode more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31850r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the kernel core dump data directory. # chmod 0700 /var/adm/crash

a
The kernel core dump data directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22407 - SV-26619r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003523
Vuln IDs
  • V-22407
Rule IDs
  • SV-26619r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If there is an extended ACL for the kernel core dump data directory, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify kernel core dump data files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36497r1_chk

Determine the kernel core dump data directory and check its permissions. # ls -lLd /var/adm/crash If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31852r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/crash

a
The system must not process Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) timestamp requests.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-001551 - V-22409 - SV-35022r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003602
Vuln IDs
  • V-22409
Rule IDs
  • SV-35022r1_rule
The processing of ICMP timestamp requests increases the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36502r1_chk

Verify the system does not respond to ICMP Timestamp requests. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_respond_to_timestamp If the result is not 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31859r1_fix

Disable ICMP Timestamp responses on the system. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_respond_to_timestamp 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x]=ip NDD_NAME[x]=ip_respond_to_timestamp NDD_VALUE[x]=0

b
The system must not respond to ICMPv4 echoes sent to a broadcast address.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22410 - SV-35025r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003603
Vuln IDs
  • V-22410
Rule IDs
  • SV-35025r1_rule
Responding to broadcast Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36503r1_chk

Verify the system does not respond to ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs set to broadcast addresses. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast If the result is not 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31860r1_fix

Configure the system to not respond to ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs sent to broadcast addresses. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x]=ip NDD_NAME[x]=ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast NDD_VALUE[x]=0

b
The system must not respond to Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) timestamp requests sent to a broadcast address.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22411 - SV-35026r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003604
Vuln IDs
  • V-22411
Rule IDs
  • SV-35026r1_rule
The processing of ICMP timestamp requests increases the attack surface of the system. Responding to broadcast ICMP timestamp requests facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36504r1_chk

Verify the system does not respond to ICMP timestamp requests set to broadcast addresses. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast If the result is greater than 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31861r1_fix

Configure the system to not respond to ICMP timestamp requests sent to broadcast addresses. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x]=ip NDD_NAME[x]=ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast NDD_VALUE[x]=0

b
The system must not apply reversed source routing to TCP responses.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22412 - SV-35028r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003605
Vuln IDs
  • V-22412
Rule IDs
  • SV-35028r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36505r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to forward source-routed IP packets. When correctly configured, if ip_forward_src_routed is disabled, the system is also configured to disable reverse source routing to TCP responses to source-routed packets. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_forward_src_routed If the returned value is not '0', this feature is enabled and this is a finding.

Fix: F-31862r1_fix

Disable the IP source-routed forwarding feature. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_forward_src_routed 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x] = ip NDD_NAME[x] = ip_forward_src_routed NDD_VALUE[x] = 0

b
The system must prevent local applications from generating source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22413 - SV-29707r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003606
Vuln IDs
  • V-22413
Rule IDs
  • SV-29707r2_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures.System Administrator
Checks: C-36508r2_chk

Check the system for an IP Filter (IPF) rule blocking outgoing source-routed packets. # ipfstat -o Examine the list for rules such as: block out log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt lsrr block out log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt ssrr If the listed rules do not block both lsrr and ssrr options, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31866r2_fix

Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf and add rules to block outgoing source-routed packets, such as: block out log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt lsrr block out log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt ssrr Reload the IPF rules: # ipf -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf

b
The system must not accept source-routed IPv4 packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22414 - SV-29713r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003607
Vuln IDs
  • V-22414
Rule IDs
  • SV-29713r2_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the handling of source-routed traffic destined to the system itself, not to traffic forwarded by the system to another, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.System Administrator
Checks: C-36509r2_chk

Check the system for an IP Filter (IPF) rule blocking incoming source-routed packets. # ipfstat -i Examine the list for rules such as: block in log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt lsrr block in log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt ssrr If the listed rules do not block incoming traffic with both lsrr and ssrr options, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31869r2_fix

Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf and add rules to block incoming source-routed packets, such as: block in log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt lsrr block in log quick [all] | [from any to any] with opt ssrr Reload the IPF rules. # ipf -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf

b
Proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) must not be enabled on the system.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22415 - SV-29602r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003608
Vuln IDs
  • V-22415
Rule IDs
  • SV-29602r1_rule
Proxy ARP allows a system to respond to ARP requests on one interface on behalf of hosts connected to another interface. If this function is enabled when not required, addressing information may be leaked between the attached network segments.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36506r1_chk

Check the system for non-local published ARP entries. # arp -a[n] If any entries are listed as published, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31864r1_fix

Remove any non-local published ARP entries. # arp -d <host> Check system initialization scripts for any commands configuring published ARP entries (such as "arp -s <host> <addr> pub") and remove them. # grep -n "arp \-s" /sbin/init.d/*

b
The system must ignore IPv4 ICMP redirect messages.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-001503 - V-22416 - SV-29719r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001503
Version
GEN003609
Vuln IDs
  • V-22416
Rule IDs
  • SV-29719r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36510r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to block inbound IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. # ipfstat -i Examine the list for a rule such as: block in quick proto icmp from any to any icmp-type redir If the listed rules do not block inbound IPv4 ICMP redirect messages, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31870r1_fix

Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf and add rules to block incoming IPv4 ICMP redirect messages, such as: block in quick proto icmp from any to any icmp-type redir Reload the IPF rules. Flush the rules from your ruleset using the -Fa option. The -A option specifies the active rules list. The -f option specifies the rules configuration file to be used: # ipf -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf

b
The system must not send IPv4 ICMP redirects.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22417 - SV-35038r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22417
Rule IDs
  • SV-35038r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36507r1_chk

Verify the system does not send IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. # ndd -get /dev/ip ip_send_redirects If the return value/result is not 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31865r1_fix

Configure the system to not send IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. # ndd -set /dev/ip ip_send_redirects 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x]=ip NDD_NAME[x]=ip_send_redirects NDD_VALUE[x]=0

a
The system must log martian packets.
AU-2 - Low - CCI-000126 - V-22418 - SV-29772r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN003611
Vuln IDs
  • V-22418
Rule IDs
  • SV-29772r1_rule
Martian packets are packets containing addresses known by the system to be invalid. Logging these messages allows the SA to identify misconfigurations or attacks in progress.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36511r2_chk

Determine if the system is configured to log martian packets. Examine the IPF rules on the system. # ipfstat -i There must be rules that log inbound traffic containing invalid source addresses, which minimally include the system's own addresses and broadcast addresses for attached subnets. For example, consider a system with a single network connection having IP address 192.168.1.10 with a local subnet broadcast address of 192.168.1.255. Packets with source addresses of 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.255 must be logged if received by the system from the network connection. The /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf file would appear as follows: block in log quick on lan0 from 192.168.1.10 to any block in log quick on lan0 from 192.168.1.255 to any If such rules do not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31871r1_fix

Configure the system to log martian packets using IPF. Add rules that log inbound traffic containing invalid source addresses, which minimally include the system's own addresses and broadcast addresses for attached subnets. For example, consider a system with a single network connection having IP address 192.168.1.10 with a local subnet broadcast address of 192.168.1.255. Packets with source addresses of 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.255 must be logged if received by the system from the network connection. Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf and add the following rules, substituting local addresses and interface names: block in log quick on lan0 from 192.168.1.10 to any block in log quick on lan0 from 192.168.1.255 to any Reload the IPF rules. Flush the rules from your ruleset using the -Fa option. The -A option specifies the active rules list. The -f option specifies the rules configuration file to be used: # ipf -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf

a
All local file systems must employ journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency.
CP-10 - Low - CCI-000553 - V-22422 - SV-26639r1_rule
RMF Control
CP-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000553
Version
GEN003650
Vuln IDs
  • V-22422
Rule IDs
  • SV-26639r1_rule
File system journaling, or logging, can allow reconstruction of file system data after a system crash, thus preserving the integrity of data that may have otherwise been lost. Journaling file systems typically do not require consistency checks upon booting after a crash, which can improve system availability. Some file systems employ other mechanisms to ensure consistency which also satisfy this requirement.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36520r1_chk

Parse the /etc/fstab file for any mountable HFS file system entries: # cat /etc/fstab | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "/stand" | grep hfs If any /etc/fstab entries are displayed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31880r1_fix

Convert any local HFS filesystems to use journaling, ensuring file system consistency.

b
The inetd.conf file, xinetd.conf file, and the xinetd.d directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22423 - SV-35069r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22423
Rule IDs
  • SV-35069r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to system groups may provide unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36524r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the (x)inetd configuration file, its parent directory and any files identified by the configuration file includedir stanza.. # find / -type f -name inetd.conf -o -name xinetd.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # find / -type d -name xinetd.d | xargs -n1 ls -lLd # grep includedir &lt;PATH&gt;/xinetd.conf # ls -lL &lt;includedir files from previous command&gt; If a file or directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other this is a finding.

Fix: F-31884r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the inetd configuration file. # chgrp root <file or directory>

b
The inetd.conf and xinetd.conf files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22424 - SV-35073r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003745
Vuln IDs
  • V-22424
Rule IDs
  • SV-35073r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial of Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36526r2_chk

Check the permissions of the inetd configuration file. # find / -type f \( -name inetd.conf -o -name xinetd.conf \) | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31887r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <file>

b
The xinetd.d directory must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22425 - SV-35074r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22425
Rule IDs
  • SV-35074r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial of Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36527r1_chk

Check the (x)inetd.conf file for any included directories. # find / -type f -name xinetd.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # cat &lt;PATH&gt;/xinetd.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep includedir If (x)inetd.conf does not exist, or there is no includedir stanza, this is not a finding. Individually check the mode of any directories in the configuration file. # ls -lLd &lt;included directories&gt; If any of the included directories has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31888r1_fix

Change the mode of included xinetd configuration directories to 0755. # chmod 0755 <directory>

b
The xinetd.d directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22426 - SV-29790r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003755
Vuln IDs
  • V-22426
Rule IDs
  • SV-29790r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause denial of service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36528r1_chk

Check xinetd configuration directories for extended ACLs. Determine any xinetd configuration directories. # find / -type f -name xinetd.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # cat &lt;PATH&gt;/xinetd.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep includedir If xinetd.conf does not exist, or no includedir lines are returned, this is not applicable. Check the xinetd configuration directories for extended ACLs. # ls -lLd &lt;included directories&gt; If any of these directories contain a "+" in the permissions field, the directory has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26901r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the xinetd configuration directories.

b
The services file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22427 - SV-35080r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003770
Vuln IDs
  • V-22427
Rule IDs
  • SV-35080r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of system configuration files to root or a system group provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36531r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the services file. NOTE: The typical default group ownership for the services file is bin. # ls -lL /etc/services If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31893r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the services file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/services

b
The services file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22428 - SV-38366r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003790
Vuln IDs
  • V-22428
Rule IDs
  • SV-38366r1_rule
The services file is critical to the proper operation of network services and must be protected from unauthorized modification. If the services file has an extended ACL, it may be possible for unauthorized users to modify the file. Unauthorized modification could result in the failure of network services.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36532r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/services file. # ls -lL /etc/services If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31894r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/services

b
The portmap or rpcbind service must not be running unless needed.
AT-4 - Medium - CCI-001336 - V-22429 - SV-26665r1_rule
RMF Control
AT-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001336
Version
GEN003810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22429
Rule IDs
  • SV-26665r1_rule
The portmap and rpcbind services increase the attack surface of the system and should only be used when needed. The portmap or rpcbind services are used by a variety of services using Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs).System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36534r2_chk

Check if the rpcbind process is running. # ps -ef | grep -v grep | grep rpcbind If the system needs the portmap service to operate, this is not applicable. If a process is listed and not required, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31898r1_fix

Stop and disable the rpcbind service, then verify it has not been restarted. # kill rpcbind # chmod 0000 /usr/sbin/rpcbind # ps -ef | grep -v grep | grep rpcbind

b
The portmap or rpcbind service must not be installed unless needed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22430 - SV-35088r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003815
Vuln IDs
  • V-22430
Rule IDs
  • SV-35088r1_rule
The portmap and rpcbind services increase the attack surface of the system and should only be used when needed. The portmap or rpcbind services are used by a variety of services using Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs).System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36535r1_chk

If the system needs the portmap service to operate, this is not applicable. In order to inspect the HP-UX portmapper protocol: # rpcinfo -p If the service is running while supporting a required service, i.e., mountd/nfs(d), this is not a finding. If the portmap service is installed/running and not required to support any service(s), this is a finding.

Fix: F-31899r1_fix

If the portmap or rpcbind service is part of a removable package, consult vendor documentation for the procedure to remove the package. If the service cannot be removed, prevent service activation by removing all permissions from the executable. Procedure: # whereis rpcinfo # chmod 0000 <daemon path/filename from the above command>

b
The remshd service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22431 - SV-35129r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003825
Vuln IDs
  • V-22431
Rule IDs
  • SV-35129r1_rule
The remshd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-36536r1_chk

Determine if remshd is installed/running: # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ grep remshd If the above command returns any evidence of the remshd service, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31900r1_fix

Uninstall the remshd service from the system. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | grep -n remshd Edit the /etc/inetd.conf file and comment the line entry for remshd, then reconfigure inetd via: # inetd -c

b
The rlogind service must not be running.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22432 - SV-29697r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN003830
Vuln IDs
  • V-22432
Rule IDs
  • SV-29697r1_rule
The rlogind process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-36538r1_chk

Determine if the rlogind service is running. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep rlogind If rlogind is found to be enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31902r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the rlogind service. Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c

b
The rlogind service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22433 - SV-35131r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003835
Vuln IDs
  • V-22433
Rule IDs
  • SV-35131r1_rule
The rlogind process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-36539r1_chk

Determine if the rlogind service is installed. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -c rlogind If rlogind is found to be installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31903r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the rlogind service: # vi /etc/inetd.conf Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c Disable the rlogind binary: chmod 000 /usr/lbin/rlogind Additionally, the binary name may also be changed: mv /usr/lbin/rlogind /usr/lbin/<new_binary_name>

b
The rexecd service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22434 - SV-35133r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003845
Vuln IDs
  • V-22434
Rule IDs
  • SV-35133r1_rule
The rexecd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36541r2_chk

Determine if the rexecd service is installed. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' |grep -v "^#" | cut -f 6,7 -d " " | grep -c -i rexecd If rexecd is found to be installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31905r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the rexecd service: # vi /etc/inetd.conf Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c Disable the binary: chmod 000 /usr/lbin/rexecd Additionally, the binary name may also be changed: mv /usr/lbin/rexecd /usr/lbin/<new_binary_name>

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22435 - SV-35144r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22435
Rule IDs
  • SV-35144r1_rule
Failure to give group-ownership of the hosts.lpd file to root, bin, sys, or system provides the members of the owning group and possible unauthorized users, with the potential to modify the hosts.lpd file. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36547r1_chk

When rlpdaemon is started by inetd, access control is provided via the file /var/adm/inetd.sec to allow or prevent a host from making requests. When rlpdaemon is not started by inetd(1M), all requests must come from one of the machines listed in the file /etc/hosts.equiv or /var/spool/lp/.rhosts. When /var/spool/lp/.rhosts is used for access, the user name should be lp. Check the group ownership of the /etc/hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file(s). # ls -lL /var/spool/lp/.rhosts # ls -lL /var/adm/inetd.sec # ls -lL /etc/hosts.equiv If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31913r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file(s). # chgrp root /etc/hosts.lpd

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22436 - SV-35150r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22436
Rule IDs
  • SV-35150r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file may permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36550r1_chk

Locate any print service configuration file(s) on the system. HP vendor documentation identifies the following names and locations of print service configuration files on the system that can be checked via the following commands: # ls -lL /var/spool/lp/.rhosts # ls -lL /var/adm/inetd.sec # ls -lL /etc/hosts.equiv If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31916r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <print service configuration file>

b
The traceroute file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22437 - SV-38370r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004010
Vuln IDs
  • V-22437
Rule IDs
  • SV-38370r1_rule
If an extended ACL exists on the traceroute executable file, it may provide unauthorized users with access to the file. Malicious code could be inserted by an attacker and triggered whenever the traceroute command is executed by authorized users. Additionally, if an unauthorized user is granted executable permissions to the traceroute command, it could be used to gain information about the network topology behind the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27705r2_chk

Check the permissions of the /usr/sbin/traceroute file. # ls -lL /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26286r2_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the traceroute file. # chacl -z /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute

b
The aliases file must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22438 - SV-35163r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004370
Vuln IDs
  • V-22438
Rule IDs
  • SV-35163r1_rule
If the alias file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, an unauthorized user may modify the file to add aliases to run malicious code or redirect e-mail.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36557r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the /etc/mail/aliases file. # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31924r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the /etc/mail/aliases file. # chgrp root /etc/mail/aliases

b
The alias file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22439 - SV-38372r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22439
Rule IDs
  • SV-38372r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the aliases file may permit unauthorized modification. If the alias file is modified by an unauthorized user, they may modify the file to run malicious code or redirect e-mail.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36559r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/mail/aliases file. # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31927r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/mail/aliases

b
Files executed through a mail aliases file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, and must reside within a directory group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22440 - SV-38373r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004410
Vuln IDs
  • V-22440
Rule IDs
  • SV-38373r1_rule
If a file executed through a mail aliases file is not group-owned by root or a system group, it may be subject to unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification of files executed through aliases may allow unauthorized users to attain root privileges.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36561r1_chk

Examine the contents of the /etc/mail/aliases file. # cat /etc/mail/aliases | cut -f 2,2 -d ":" | grep "|" For each file referenced, check the group ownership of the file. # ls -lL &lt;file referenced from aliases&gt; If the group owner of any file is not root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31929r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the file referenced from /etc/mail/aliases. # chgrp root <file referenced from aliases>

b
Files executed through a mail aliases file must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22441 - SV-38369r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22441
Rule IDs
  • SV-38369r1_rule
Excessive permissions on files executed through a mail alias file could result in modification by an unauthorized user, execution of malicious code, and/or system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36563r1_chk

Examine the contents of the /etc/mail/aliases file. For each file referenced, check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL &lt;file referenced from aliases&gt; If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31931r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <file referenced from aliases>

b
The SMTP service log file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22442 - SV-38368r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22442
Rule IDs
  • SV-38368r1_rule
If the SMTP service log file has an extended ACL, unauthorized users may be allowed to access or to modify the log file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36568r1_chk

Examine /etc/syslog.conf and determine the log file(s) receiving logs for mail.crit, mail.debug, mail.*, or *.crit. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ egrep -i "mail.crit|mail.\*|\*.crit|mail.debug|\*.debug" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | \ uniq | xargs -n1 ls -lL Check the permissions on these log files. # ls -lL &lt;log file&gt; If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31936r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the log file. # chacl -z <log file>

b
The ftpusers file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22444 - SV-35104r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22444
Rule IDs
  • SV-35104r1_rule
If the ftpusers file is not group-owned by root or a system group, an unauthorized user may modify the file to allow unauthorized accounts to use FTP.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36585r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the ftpusers file. # ls -lL /etc/ftpd/ftpusers If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31953r1_fix

Change the group owner of the ftpusers file. # chgrp root /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

b
The ftpusers file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22445 - SV-38367r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22445
Rule IDs
  • SV-38367r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the ftpusers file could permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial of Service to authorized FTP users or permit unauthorized users to access the FTP service.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36587r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/ftpusers file. # ls -lL /etc/ftpd/ftpusers If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31955r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

b
The .Xauthority files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22446 - SV-35167r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22446
Rule IDs
  • SV-35167r1_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. Extended ACLs may permit unauthorized modification of these files, which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized access or allow unauthorized access to be obtained.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36600r2_chk

Get a list of (non-system account) users and the associated home directories. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,6 -d ":" Check the file permissions for the user .Xauthority files. # ls -lLa /&lt;userhomedirectory&gt;/.Xauthority If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31967r2_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /<userhomedirectory>/.Xauthority

b
The SNMP service must use only SNMPv3 or its successors.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-22447 - SV-26716r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN005305
Vuln IDs
  • V-22447
Rule IDs
  • SV-26716r1_rule
SNMP Versions 1 and 2 are not considered secure. Without the strong authentication and privacy that is provided by the SNMP Version 3 User-based Security Model (USM), an attacker or other unauthorized users may gain access to detailed system management information and use that information to launch attacks against the system.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-36607r1_chk

Verify the SNMP daemon is not configured to use community strings. # cat /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf |egrep -i "get-community-name|set-community-name" If any configuration is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31975r1_fix

Edit /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf and remove references to get-community-name and set-community-name. Restart the SNMP service. # /sbin/init.d/SnmpMaster The snmpd script (/usr/sbin/snmpd) will take care of starting the subagents. It if does not, check the options in /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMaster that influence the startup behavior.

b
Management Information Base (MIB) files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22450 - SV-38374r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005350
Vuln IDs
  • V-22450
Rule IDs
  • SV-38374r1_rule
The ability to read the MIB file could impart special knowledge to an intruder or malicious user about the ability to extract compromising information about the system or network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36614r1_chk

Check the file permissions for the MIB files. # find / -type f -name *.mib -exec ls -lL {} \; If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31980r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <mib file>

b
The snmpd.conf file must be group-owned by root, sys, bin or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22451 - SV-26734r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005365
Vuln IDs
  • V-22451
Rule IDs
  • SV-26734r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification. If the file is not group-owned by root or a system group, it may be subject to access and modification from unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36616r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the SNMP configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf If the file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31982r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the SNMP configuration file. # chgrp root /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf

b
The snmpd.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22452 - SV-26738r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005375
Vuln IDs
  • V-22452
Rule IDs
  • SV-26738r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36617r1_chk

Check the permissions of the SNMP configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31983r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22453 - SV-38376r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22453
Rule IDs
  • SV-38376r1_rule
Unauthorized users must not be allowed to access or modify the /etc/syslog.conf file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36619r1_chk

Check the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31985r1_fix

Change the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # chmod 0640 /etc/syslog.conf

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22454 - SV-38375r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005395
Vuln IDs
  • V-22454
Rule IDs
  • SV-38375r1_rule
Unauthorized users must not be allowed to access or modify the /etc/syslog.conf file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36620r1_chk

Check the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31987r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/syslog.conf

b
The system must use a remote syslog server (loghost).
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000136 - V-22455 - SV-35189r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000136
Version
GEN005450
Vuln IDs
  • V-22455
Rule IDs
  • SV-35189r1_rule
A syslog server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an authoritative log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-36624r1_chk

A typical entry listing the loghost server should look similar to the following: *.* @example.com Check the syslog configuration file for remote syslog servers. # cat /etc/syslog.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep "\@" If no line information is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31991r1_fix

Edit the syslog configuration file and add an appropriate remote syslog server.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use the SSHv2 protocol.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-22456 - SV-35212r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005501
Vuln IDs
  • V-22456
Rule IDs
  • SV-35212r1_rule
SSHv1 is not a DoD-approved protocol and has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH client could provide access to the system with the privileges of the user running the client.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-36631r2_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed protocol versions. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Protocol arg(s)=2 # cat /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "Protocol" If Protocol 2,1 (the default) or Protocol 1 are defined on a line without a leading comment, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31999r1_fix

Edit the client configuration file Protocol entry to look like: Protocol 2

b
The SSH daemon must only listen on management network addresses unless authorized for uses other than management.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000069 - V-22457 - SV-35214r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000069
Version
GEN005504
Vuln IDs
  • V-22457
Rule IDs
  • SV-35214r1_rule
The SSH daemon should only listen on network addresses designated for management traffic. If the system has multiple network interfaces and SSH listens on addresses not designated for management traffic, the SSH service could be subject to unauthorized access. If SSH is used for purposes other than management, such as providing an SFTP service, the list of approved listening addresses may be documented.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36632r2_chk

Ask the SA if any/all interfaces are authorized for management traffic. If all interfaces are authorized, this is not a finding. Check the SSH daemon configuration for listening network addresses. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=ListenAddress arg(s)=&lt;site specific&gt; Default arg values include: NA. The default action is for the daemon to listen on all local addresses. In this case, the ListenAddress line entry will not be found in the configuration file. Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; are not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "ListenAddress" If a returned 'ListenAddress' configuration entry contains addresses not designated for management traffic, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32001r2_fix

Edit the configuration file to specify listening for network addresses designated for management traffic only, or remove the ListenAddress line entry.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22458 - SV-35216r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN005505
Vuln IDs
  • V-22458
Rule IDs
  • SV-35216r1_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers. SSHv2 ciphers meeting this requirement are 3DES and AES.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-36633r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed ciphers. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Ciphers arg(s)=&lt;comma separated cipher(s) of the form 3des-ctr or aes-NNN-ctr, NNN=128, 192 or 256&gt; Default values include: "aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,3des-cbc,arcfour,arcfour128,arcfour256blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc". For this check, all keyword values ending with the suffix "-cbc" are disallowed, IE: 3des-cbc. As the vendor does not currently support 3des-ctr, the only current allowed keyword values begin with the prefix "aes" and terminate with the suffix "-ctr". Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | egrep -i "ciphers" All ciphers present in the returned ciphers line entry must be prefixed by 3des or aes and end with the suffix "-ctr" or this is a finding.

Fix: F-32003r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and remove any ciphers that do not meet the following: 3des-ctr or aes-NNN-ctr (NNN=128, 192 or 256). If necessary, add the Ciphers entry with one or more of the above keyword values.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to not use Cipher-Block Chaining (CBC) ciphers.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22459 - SV-35218r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005506
Vuln IDs
  • V-22459
Rule IDs
  • SV-35218r1_rule
The CBC mode of encryption as implemented in the SSHv2 protocol is vulnerable to chosen plaintext attacks and must not be used.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36634r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed ciphers. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Ciphers arg(s)=&lt;comma separated cipher(s)&gt; Default values include: "aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,3des-cbc,arcfour,arcfour128,arcfour256blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc". For this check, the only allowed keyword values are those from the above list with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix. Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "ciphers" If the returned ciphers list contains any cipher other than those with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32004r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and remove any ciphers other than those with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22460 - SV-35220r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN005507
Vuln IDs
  • V-22460
Rule IDs
  • SV-35220r2_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash functions.System Administrator
Checks: C-36635r2_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed MACs. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | egrep -i "macs" If no lines are returned, or the returned MACs list contains any MAC that is not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32005r2_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and remove any MACs that are not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list. If necessary, add a MACs line.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22461 - SV-35188r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN005510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22461
Rule IDs
  • SV-35188r1_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers. SSHv2 ciphers meeting this requirement are 3DES and AES.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-36636r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed ciphers. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Ciphers arg(s)=&lt;comma separated cipher(s) of the form 3des-ctr or aes-NNN-ctr, NNN=128, 192 or 256&gt; Default values include: "aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,3des-cbc,arcfour,arcfour128,arcfour256blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc". For this check, all keyword values ending with the suffix "-cbc" are disallowed, IE: 3des-cbc. As the vendor does not currently support 3des-ctr, the only current allowed keyword values begin with the prefix "aes" and terminate with the suffix "-ctr". Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | egrep -i "ciphers" All ciphers present in the returned ciphers line entry must be prefixed by 3des or aes and end with the suffix "-ctr" or this is a finding.

Fix: F-32007r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and remove any ciphers that do not meet the following: 3des-ctr or aes-NNN-ctr (NNN=128, 192 or 256). If necessary, add the Ciphers entry with one or more of the above keyword values.

b
The SSH client must be configured to not use Cipher-Block Chaining (CBC) based ciphers.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22462 - SV-35193r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005511
Vuln IDs
  • V-22462
Rule IDs
  • SV-35193r1_rule
The CBC mode of encryption as implemented in the SSHv2 protocol is vulnerable to chosen plaintext attacks and must not be used.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36637r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed ciphers. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Ciphers arg(s)=&lt;comma separated cipher(s)&gt; Default values include: "aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,3des-cbc,arcfour,arcfour128,arcfour256blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc". For this check, the only allowed keyword values are those from the above list with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix. Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "ciphers" If the returned ciphers list contains any cipher other than those with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32008r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and remove any ciphers other than those with the "aes" prefix and the "-ctr" suffix.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22463 - SV-35210r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN005512
Vuln IDs
  • V-22463
Rule IDs
  • SV-35210r3_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash functions.System Administrator
Checks: C-36638r3_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed MACs. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | egrep -i "macs" If no lines are returned, or the returned MACs list contains any MAC that is not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32009r2_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and remove any MACs that are not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list. If necessary, add a MACs line.

b
The SSH daemon must restrict login ability to specific users and/or groups.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22470 - SV-35052r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005521
Vuln IDs
  • V-22470
Rule IDs
  • SV-35052r1_rule
Restricting SSH logins to a limited group of users, such as system administrators, prevents password guessing and other SSH attacks from reaching system accounts and other accounts not authorized for SSH access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34923r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword(s)=DenyUsers, AllowUsers, DenyGroups, AllowGroups (order of precedence, most to least). arg(s)=&lt;site specific&gt; Default values for users/groups include: "&lt;valid, space-separated user and/or group names. UID's/GIDs are not allowed/valid&gt;". Lack of keyword(s) in the configuration file will result in allowing ssh access to all users and all groups. A typical installation should either include an allow (users/groups) list or deny (users/groups) list depending on what the defined site security requirements are. Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | egrep -i "DenyUsers|AllowUsers|DenyGroups|AllowGroups" If keyword(s) with valid, space-separated user(s) and/or group(s) are not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30228r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add the appropriate keyword directive(s) and space-separated user/group names. The keyword order of precedence is as follows: DenyUsers, AllowUsers, DenyGroups, AllowGroups

b
The SSH public host key files must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22471 - SV-35060r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005522
Vuln IDs
  • V-22471
Rule IDs
  • SV-35060r1_rule
If a public host key file is modified by an unauthorized user, the SSH service may be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34928r1_chk

Check the permissions for the SSH public host key files. # ls -lL /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub # ls -lL /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_host_rsa_key.pub If any file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30234r1_fix

Change the permissions for the SSH public host key files. # chmod 0644 /opt/ssh/etc/*key.pub

b
The SSH private host key files must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22472 - SV-35063r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005523
Vuln IDs
  • V-22472
Rule IDs
  • SV-35063r1_rule
If an unauthorized user obtains the private SSH host key file, the host could be impersonated.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34930r1_chk

Check the permissions for SSH private host key files. ls -lL /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_host_dsa_key ls -lL /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_host_rsa_key If any file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30236r1_fix

Change the permissions for the SSH private host key files. # chmod 0600 /opt/ssh/etc/*key

a
The SSH daemon must not permit GSSAPI authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22473 - SV-35066r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005524
Vuln IDs
  • V-22473
Rule IDs
  • SV-35066r1_rule
GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system’s GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system. GSSAPI authentication must be disabled unless needed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34932r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=GSSAPIAuthentication arg(s)=no Default values include: "no" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "GSSAPIAuthentication" If the return value is yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30238r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and delete the keyword entry or modify the entry as follows: GSSAPIAuthentication no

a
The SSH client must not permit GSSAPI authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22474 - SV-35068r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005525
Vuln IDs
  • V-22474
Rule IDs
  • SV-35068r1_rule
GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system’s GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system. GSSAPI authentication must be disabled unless needed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34935r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=GSSAPIAuthentication arg(s)=no Default values include: "no" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/ssh_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "GSSAPIAuthentication" If the return value is yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30241r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and set/add (if necessary) the GSSAPIAuthentication directive set to no.

a
The SSH daemon must not permit Kerberos authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22475 - SV-35075r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005526
Vuln IDs
  • V-22475
Rule IDs
  • SV-35075r1_rule
Kerberos authentication for SSH is often implemented using GSSAPI. If Kerberos is enabled through SSH, the SSH daemon provides a means of access to the system's Kerberos implementation. Vulnerabilities in the system's Kerberos implementation may then be subject to exploitation. To reduce the attack surface of the system, the Kerberos authentication mechanism within SSH must be disabled for systems not using this capability. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34939r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=KerberosAuthentication arg(s)=no Default values include: "no" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. If the system does not use Kerberos authentication, this is not applicable. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "KerberosAuthentication" If the return value is yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30245r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and set (add if necessary) a KerberosAuthentication directive set to no.

a
The SSH daemon must limit connections to a single session.
AC-10 - Low - CCI-000054 - V-22482 - SV-35135r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
GEN005533
Vuln IDs
  • V-22482
Rule IDs
  • SV-35135r1_rule
The SSH protocol has the ability to provide multiple sessions over a single connection without reauthentication. A compromised client could use this feature to establish additional sessions to a system without consent or knowledge of the user. Alternate per-connection session limits may be documented if needed for a valid mission requirement. Greater limits are expected to be necessary in situations where TCP or X11 forwarding are used.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34993r2_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=MaxSessions arg(s)=1 Default values include: "10" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "MaxSessions" If configuration information is not returned or the return value is greater than one (1), this is a finding.

Fix: F-30287r2_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the MaxSessions setting value to 1.

b
The SSH daemon must perform strict mode checking of home directory configuration files.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22485 - SV-35137r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005536
Vuln IDs
  • V-22485
Rule IDs
  • SV-35137r1_rule
If other users have access to modify user-specific SSH configuration files, they may be able to log into the system as another user.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34995r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=StrictModes arg(s)=yes Default values include: "yes" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "StrictModes" If the return value is no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30289r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the StrictModes setting value to yes.

b
The SSH daemon must use privilege separation.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22486 - SV-35139r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005537
Vuln IDs
  • V-22486
Rule IDs
  • SV-35139r1_rule
SSH daemon privilege separation causes the SSH process to drop root privileges when not needed, which would decrease the impact of software vulnerabilities in the unprivileged section.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34999r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=UsePrivilegeSeparation arg(s)=yes Default values include: "yes" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "UsePrivilegeSeparation" If the return value is no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30291r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the UsePrivilegeSeparation setting value to yes.

b
The SSH daemon must not allow rhosts RSA authentication.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22487 - SV-35142r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005538
Vuln IDs
  • V-22487
Rule IDs
  • SV-35142r1_rule
If SSH permits rhosts RSA authentication, a user may be able to login based on the keys of the host originating the request and not any user-specific authentication..System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35000r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=RhostsRSAAuthentication arg(s)=no Default values include: "no" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "RhostsRSAAuthentication" This option currently applies only to Protocol Version 1. If using Protocol 1 or any variant of Protocol 1, IE: Protocol 1,2 OR Protocol 2,1 and configuration information is not returned or the return value is yes, this is a finding. If using Protocol 2, this is Not Applicable (NA).

Fix: F-30293r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the RhostsRSAAuthentication setting value to no. Note that the above guidance applies exclusively to Protocol(s) 1/1,2/2,1 only. If using Protocol 2 only, the check is not applicable and further action is not required.

b
The SSH daemon must not allow compression or must only allow compression after successful authentication.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22488 - SV-35146r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005539
Vuln IDs
  • V-22488
Rule IDs
  • SV-35146r1_rule
If compression is allowed in an SSH connection prior to authentication, vulnerabilities in the compression software could result in compromise of the system from an unauthenticated connection, potentially with root privileges.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35004r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Compression arg(s)="no" OR "delayed", IE: mutually exclusive arguments, should never occur together Default values include: "delayed" Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "Compression" If configuration information is not returned or the return value is yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30297r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the Compression setting value to no or delayed.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-22489 - SV-35152r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN005550
Vuln IDs
  • V-22489
Rule IDs
  • SV-35152r1_rule
Failure to display the DoD login banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. The SSH service must be configured to display the DoD logon warning banner either through the SSH configuration or a wrapper program, such as TCP_WRAPPERS. The SSH daemon may also be used to provide SFTP service. The warning banner configuration for SSH will apply to SFTP.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-35009r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration. Note that keywords are case-insensitive and arguments (args) are case-sensitive. keyword=Banner arg(s)=&lt;Department of Defense (DoD) login banner file name&gt; Default values include: &lt;no keyword or banner file name entry&gt; Note: When the default "arg" value exactly matches the required "arg" value (see above), the &lt;keyword=arg&gt; entry is not required to exist (commented or uncommented) in the ssh (client) or sshd (server) configuration file. While not required, it is recommended that the configuration file(s) be populated with all keywords and assigned arg values as a means to explicitly document the ssh(d) binary's expected behavior. Examine the file. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "Banner" Verify the contents of the banner file: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't." If configuration information is not returned or the return value does not contain the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner file name (with banner file content verified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-30303r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit a banner setting referencing a file containing a login warning banner. If required, edit the sshd banner file and add one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system). DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't"

b
The system must be configured with a default gateway for IPv6 if the system uses IPv6, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22490 - SV-26805r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22490
Rule IDs
  • SV-26805r1_rule
If a system has no default gateway defined, the system is at increased risk of man-in-the-middle, monitoring, and Denial of Service attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27794r1_chk

Check for a default route for IPv6: # netstat -f inet6 -r | grep default If the system uses IPv6 and no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24050r1_fix

Add a default route for IPv6. Edit /etc/rc.config.d/netconf-ipv6 Add an IPV6_GATEWAY[0]="<gateway>" Restart the system to apply the new default gateway setting.

b
The system must not have IP forwarding for IPv6 enabled, unless the system is an IPv6 router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22491 - SV-26811r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22491
Rule IDs
  • SV-26811r1_rule
If the system is configured for IP forwarding and is not a designated router, it could be used to bypass network security by providing a path for communication not filtered by network devices.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27799r1_chk

Check if the system is configured for IPv6 forwarding. # ndd -get /dev/ip6 ip6_forwarding If ip6_forwarding is set to 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24054r1_fix

Disable IPv6 forwarding: # ndd -set /dev/ip6 ip6_forwarding 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf: TRANSPORT_NAME[index]=ip6 NDD_NAME[index]=ip6_forwarding NDD_VALUE[index]=0 Where: index is the next available integer value of the nddconf file. n is a number: either 1 to turn the feature ON or 0 to turn it OFF.

b
The NFS share configuration file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22492 - SV-35183r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22492
Rule IDs
  • SV-35183r1_rule
Failure to give group ownership of the NFS share configuration file to root, bin, sys or other provides the designated group owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-38012r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the NFS share configuration file. # echo `ls -lL /etc/dfs/dfstab` | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 4,4 -d " " If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-33251r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the NFS share configuration file. # chgrp root /etc/dfs/dfstab

a
The NFS exports configuration file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22493 - SV-26817r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005770
Vuln IDs
  • V-22493
Rule IDs
  • SV-26817r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the NFS export configuration file could allow unauthorized modification of the file, which could result in Denial of Service to authorized NFS exports and the creation of additional unauthorized exports.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35032r2_chk

Check the mode of the NFS export configuration file. # echo `ls -lL /etc/dfs/dfstab` | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 1,1 -d " " If the permissions include a + the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24060r2_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/dfs/dfstab

b
All Network File System (NFS) shared system files and system directories must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22496 - SV-35196r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22496
Rule IDs
  • SV-35196r2_rule
Failure to give group-ownership of sensitive files or directories to root provides the members of the owning group with the potential to access sensitive information or change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System Administrator
Checks: C-35041r3_chk

List the shares. # cat /etc/dfs/sharetab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 1,1 -d " " Check the group ownership of each shared directory. # ls -lLd &lt;exported directory&gt; If the directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30332r2_fix

Change the group owner of the share directory. # chgrp (root|bin|sys|other) <exported directory>

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22497 - SV-35223r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006150
Vuln IDs
  • V-22497
Rule IDs
  • SV-35223r1_rule
Excessive permissions could endanger the security of the Samba configuration file and, ultimately, the system and network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-35067r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the Samba configuration file. # find / -type f -name smb.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30354r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/smb.conf

b
The /etc/smbpasswd file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22498 - SV-35105r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22498
Rule IDs
  • SV-35105r1_rule
If the permissions of the smbpasswd file are too permissive, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36703r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the Samba configuration file. # find / -name smbpasswd | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a + the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32078r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/smbpasswd

b
Samba must be configured to use an authentication mechanism other than share.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22499 - SV-35109r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006225
Vuln IDs
  • V-22499
Rule IDs
  • SV-35109r1_rule
Samba share authentication does not provide for individual user identification and must not be used.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36705r1_chk

Examine the smb.conf file for the share security setting.. # cat /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "^security = share" If the share security setting is share, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32081r1_fix

Edit the /etc/smb.conf file and change the security setting to user or another valid setting other than share, for example: security = user

b
Samba must be configured to use encrypted passwords.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22500 - SV-35111r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006230
Vuln IDs
  • V-22500
Rule IDs
  • SV-35111r1_rule
Samba must be configured to protect authenticators. If Samba passwords are not encrypted for storage, plain-text user passwords may be read by those with access to the Samba password file.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36706r1_chk

Check the encryption setting in the Samba configuration file. # cat /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "^encrypt passwords = yes" If the encrypt passwords setting is not set to "yes", this is a finding.

Fix: F-32083r1_fix

Edit the /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf file and change the encrypt passwords setting to yes, for example: encrypt passwords = yes

b
Samba must be configured to not allow guest access to shares.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22501 - SV-35112r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006235
Vuln IDs
  • V-22501
Rule IDs
  • SV-35112r1_rule
Guest access to shares permits anonymous access and is not permitted.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36707r1_chk

Check the guest setting the Samba configuration. # cat /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "^guest ok = yes" If the setting exists and is set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32084r1_fix

Edit the /etc/opt/samba/smb.conf file and change the guest ok setting to no, for example: guest ok = no

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22502 - SV-35115r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22502
Rule IDs
  • SV-35115r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34959r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # find / -type f -name hosts.nntp | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30263r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/hosts.nntp

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22503 - SV-35117r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006290
Vuln IDs
  • V-22503
Rule IDs
  • SV-35117r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp.nolimit file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34962r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # find / -type f -name hosts.nntp.nolimit | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30265r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/hosts.nntp.nolimit

b
The /etc/news/nnrp.access file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22504 - SV-35119r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006310
Vuln IDs
  • V-22504
Rule IDs
  • SV-35119r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the nnrp.access file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36714r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # find / -type f -name nnrp.access | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32095r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/nnrp.access

b
The /etc/news/passwd.nntp file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22505 - SV-35121r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006330
Vuln IDs
  • V-22505
Rule IDs
  • SV-35121r1_rule
Extended ACLs may provide excessive permissions on the /etc/news/passwd.nntp file, which may permit unauthorized access or modification to the NNTP configuration.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-34979r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # find / -type f -name passwd.nntp | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30273r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z <path>/passwd.nntp

b
The system package management tool must be used to verify system software periodically.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22506 - SV-35166r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006565
Vuln IDs
  • V-22506
Rule IDs
  • SV-35166r1_rule
Verification using the system package management tool can be used to determine that system software has not been tampered with. This requirement is not applicable to systems that do not use package management tools.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-35018r1_chk

Check the root crontab for a job invoking the system package management tool to verify the integrity of installed packages. If no such job exists, this is a finding. An example using HP's command line tool suite to list/verify installed local machine software bundles is: # swlist -l bundle # Initializing... # Contacting target "abc123"... # # Target: abc123:/ # 10GigEthr-00 B.11.31.0709 PCI-X 10 Gigabit Ethernet;Supptd Then run swverify, at the end of the output look for status of Verification succeeded. # swverify -v 10GigEthr-00

Fix: F-32107r1_fix

Add a job to the root crontab invoking the system package management tool to verify the integrity of installed packages.

a
The file integrity tool must be configured to verify ACLs.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22507 - SV-35185r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22507
Rule IDs
  • SV-35185r1_rule
ACLs can provide permissions beyond those permitted through the file mode and must be verified by file integrity tools.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-35029r1_chk

Ask the SA if the file integrity tool is configured to monitor directories and files for ACL settings. If using the Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment (AIDE) tool, verify the configuration file (aide.conf) contains the ACL option for all monitored files and directories. See the following example. # find / -type f -name aide.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # cat &lt;path&gt;/aide.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ egrep -i "^acl = |acl" If the option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per tool the vendor's documentation.

Fix: F-30321r1_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the ACL option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure ACL checking per the tool vendor's documentation.

a
The file integrity tool must be configured to verify extended attributes.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22508 - SV-35190r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006571
Vuln IDs
  • V-22508
Rule IDs
  • SV-35190r1_rule
Extended attributes in file systems are used to contain arbitrary data and file metadata with possible security implications.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-35035r1_chk

Ask the SA if the file integrity tool is configured to monitor directories and files for xattrs settings. If using the Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment (AIDE) tool, verify the configuration file (aide.conf) contains the xattrs option for all monitored files and directories. See the following example. # find / -type f -name aide.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # cat &lt;path&gt;/aide.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ egrep -i "^xattrs = |xattrs" If the option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per the tool vendor's documentation.

Fix: F-30326r1_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the xattrs option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure extended attributes checking per the tool's documentation.

a
The file integrity tool must use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashes for validating file contents.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22509 - SV-35194r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006575
Vuln IDs
  • V-22509
Rule IDs
  • SV-35194r1_rule
File integrity tools often use cryptographic hashes for verifying file contents have not been altered. These hashes must be FIPS 140-2 approved.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35039r1_chk

Ask the SA if the file integrity tool is configured to monitor directories and files for sha256 or sha512 settings. If using the Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment (AIDE) tool, verify the configuration file (aide.conf) contains the xattrs option for all monitored files and directories. See the following example. # find / -type f -name aide.conf | xargs -n1 ls -lL # cat &lt;path&gt;/aide.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ egrep -i "sha256|sha512" If one of these option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per tool documentation.

Fix: F-30331r1_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the sha512 option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashes per the tool's documentation.

b
The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22511 - SV-29988r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007020
Vuln IDs
  • V-22511
Rule IDs
  • SV-29988r1_rule
The SCTP is an IETF-standardized transport layer protocol. This protocol is not yet widely used. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the kernel to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35070r1_chk

Check the system for an SCTP installation: # swlist | grep -i SCTP If SCTP is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30357r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the SCTP protocol handler. Preview the removal of SCTP: # swremove -p <SCTP software product> Remove: # swremove <SCTP software product>

b
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) must not be enabled on the system.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22544 - SV-29601r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007760
Vuln IDs
  • V-22544
Rule IDs
  • SV-29601r1_rule
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) allows a system to respond to NDP requests on one interface on behalf of hosts connected to another interface. If this function is enabled when not required, addressing information may be leaked between the attached network segments.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35083r1_chk

Determine if any non-local published NDP entries exist on the system. # ndp -a If any NDP entries contain a flag of P, they are non-local published entries, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-32129r1_fix

Remove non-local published NDP entries from the system. # ndp -d <host> Check system startup scripts for commands publishing NDP entries (such as "ndp -s <int> <host> <hwaddr> pub") and remove them.

b
The system must not have IP tunnels configured.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22547 - SV-26928r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007820
Vuln IDs
  • V-22547
Rule IDs
  • SV-26928r1_rule
IP tunneling mechanisms can be used to bypass network filtering.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35086r1_chk

Examine the /etc/rc.config.d/netconf* files for any TUN_ configurations. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/netconf* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | \ sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" |grep '^TUN_' If this configuration is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24172r1_fix

Edit the /etc/rc.config.d/netconf* files and remove the tunnel configurations.

b
The DHCP client must be disabled if not needed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22548 - SV-26932r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN007840
Vuln IDs
  • V-22548
Rule IDs
  • SV-26932r1_rule
DHCP allows for the unauthenticated configuration of network parameters on the system by exchanging information with a DHCP server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35087r1_chk

Check the DHCP_ENABLE setting in /etc/rc.config.d/netconf # /etc/rc.config.d/netconf| tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | \ sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" |grep "DHCP_ENABLE" If the setting is set to 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24175r1_fix

Disable the DHCP client configuration. Edit /etc/rc.config.d/netconf and set the DHCP_ENABLE setting to 0.

b
The system must ignore IPv6 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP ) redirect messages.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22550 - SV-35241r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007860
Vuln IDs
  • V-22550
Rule IDs
  • SV-35241r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts of a more direct route existing for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35088r1_chk

Determine if the system blocks inbound IPv6 ICMP redirects. # ipfstat -6 -i Check for a rule such as: block in quick proto icmpv6 from any to any icmpv6-type 137 If a rule blocking inbound IPv6 ICMP redirects does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30359r1_fix

Add an IPF rule to block inbound IPv6 ICMP redirect packets. Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf and add a rule such as: block in quick proto icmpv6 from any to any icmpv6-type 137 Reload the IPF rules. # ipf -6 -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf

b
The system must not send IPv6 ICMP redirects.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22551 - SV-26939r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007880
Vuln IDs
  • V-22551
Rule IDs
  • SV-26939r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts of a more direct route existing for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27887r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to not send IPv6 ICMP redirect messages. # ndd -get /dev/ip6 ip6_send_redirects If the command returns 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24184r1_fix

Configure the system to not send IPv6 ICMP redirect messages. # ndd -set /dev/ip6 ip6_send_redirects 0 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf: TRANSPORT_NAME[index]=ip6 NDD_NAME[index]=ip6_send_redirects NDD_VALUE[index]=0 Where: index is the next available integer value of the nddconf file. n is a number: either 1 to turn the feature ON or 0 to turn it OFF.

b
The system must use an appropriate reverse-path filter for IPv6 network traffic, if the system uses IPv6.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22552 - SV-42274r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007900
Vuln IDs
  • V-22552
Rule IDs
  • SV-42274r1_rule
Reverse-path filtering provides protection against spoofed source addresses by causing the system to discard packets with source addresses for which the system has no route or if the route does not point towards the interface on which the packet arrived. Depending on the role of the system, reverse-path filtering may cause legitimate traffic to be discarded and, therefore, should be used with a more permissive mode or filter, or not at all. Whenever possible, reverse-path filtering should be used.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-40620r1_chk

If IPv6 is not used on the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the system is configured to use reverse-path filtering. Examine the IPF rules on the system. # ipfstat -6i All systems must block inbound traffic destined to the loopback address block from interfaces other than the loopback. This can be accomplished with an IPF rule such as: block in log quick on lan0 from 0::1 to any Additionally, if the system is multihomed and the attached networks are isolated or perform symmetric routing, traffic with source addresses expected on one interface must be blocked when received on another interface. If this filtering is not configured on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-35903r1_fix

Configure the system to use reverse-path filtering using IPF. Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf to add or edit IPv6 IPF rules. Add a rule to block traffic with loopback network source addresses from being received on interfaces other than the loopback, such as: block in log quick on lan0 from 0::1 to any If the system is multihomed and the attached networks are isolated or perform symmetric routing, add rules to block traffic with source addresses expected on one interface when received on another interface. For example, consider a system with two network interfaces, one attached to an isolated management network with address 2001:abc::1/64 and the other attached to a production network with address 2001:def::1/64 and a default route. Traffic with a source address on the 2001:abc::0/64 network must be the only traffic accepted on the management interface and must not be accepted on the production interface. This can be accomplished with IPF rules such as: pass in quick on mgmt0 from 2001:abc::0/64 to any block in quick on mgmt0 from any to any block in quick on prod0 from 2001:abc::0/64 to any Reload the IPF rules. Flush the rules from your ruleset using the -6Fa option. The -A option specifies the active rules list. The -f option specifies the rules configuration file to be used: # ipf -6Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf

b
The system must not forward IPv6 source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22553 - SV-38378r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007920
Vuln IDs
  • V-22553
Rule IDs
  • SV-38378r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routed traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36755r2_chk

Determine if the system is configured for packet forwarding. # ndd -get /dev/ip6 ip6_forwarding If the command returns 0 (disabled), this is not a finding. If the command returns 1 (enabled), ask the SA if the system is configured to act as a router, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32139r2_fix

Configure the system to not forward IPv6 source-routed packets. # ndd -set /dev/ip6 ip6_forwarding 0 This command should also be added to the ndd configuration file and/or to the system startup script /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf : TRANSPORT_NAME[index]=ip6 NDD_NAME[index]=ip6_forwarding NDD_VALUE[index]=0

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the system must use a TLS connection using FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22555 - SV-41996r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN007980
Vuln IDs
  • V-22555
Rule IDs
  • SV-41996r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP requires protection.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-40430r3_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is Not A Finding. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | \ grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If LDAP is installed, verify that TLS is enabled. # cat /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | \ sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i "^enable_startTLS = 1" If TLS is not enabled, this is a finding. Verify the certificate database exists. # ls -alL /etc/opt/ldapux/cert* List the LDAP Directory Server certificate. # /opt/ldapux/contrib/bin/certutil -L -d /etc/opt/ldapux List the details when checking the Directory Server's certificate validity/attributes. Note: The format of the validity-time argument when specifying an explicit time is "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ". Specifying seconds (SS) is optional. # /opt/ldapux/contrib/bin/certutil -V -n &lt;Directory Server nickname&gt; -b &lt;validity-time&gt; [-e] -l -d /etc/opt/ldapux If the Directory Server's certificate cannot be verified, this is a finding. NOTE: The TLS protocol supports a variety of cryptographic ciphers for authenticating the server and client to each other, transmitting certificates and establishing session keys. When the LDAP-UX client connects to the LDAP Directory Server, the server selects the strongest cipher supported by both client and server. As LDAP-UX is the client side of the LDAP application, LDAP-UX has no control over this process. Unless it can be determined that the Directory Server is using FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic algorithms for the TLS connection, this check will result in an OPEN Finding.

Fix: F-35635r2_fix

The Directory Server must support and be configured to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic algorithms for the TLS connection. For the LDAPUX client: # vi /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf If commented, uncomment the "enable_startTLS" keyword line and ensure that the keyword value is set to 1 (to start TLS), IE: enable_startTLS = 1 Finally, use the following commands to reread the configuration file and restart ldapclientd.: # /opt/ldapux/bin/ldapclientd -k # nohup /opt/ldapux/bin/ldapclientd

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS connection must require the server provide a certificate and this certificate has a valid trust path to a trusted CA.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-22557 - SV-38381r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
GEN008020
Vuln IDs
  • V-22557
Rule IDs
  • SV-38381r1_rule
The NSS LDAP service provides user mappings which are a vital component of system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP for NSS require authentication.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-36762r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If no lines are returned for either of the above commands, LDAP is not installed and this is not applicable. If the LDAP product is installed: # cat /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i peer_cert_policy If /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf setting is peer_cert_policy=WEAK, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32145r1_fix

Edit /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf and set # Perform the CERT check peer_cert_policy=CERT OR # Perform the CERT check PLUS peer_cert_policy=CNCERT

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the system must verify the LDAP server's certificate has not been revoked.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-22558 - SV-38382r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
GEN008040
Vuln IDs
  • V-22558
Rule IDs
  • SV-38382r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP requires authentication.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-36763r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If no lines are returned for either of the above commands, this vulnerability is not applicable. Verify the LDAP client is configured to check certificates against a certificate revocation list. # cat /etc/ldap.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ grep -i "^tls_crlcheck" If the setting does not exist, or the value is not all, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32146r1_fix

Edit /etc/ldap.conf and add or set the tls_crlcheck setting to all.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22559 - SV-38383r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008060
Vuln IDs
  • V-22559
Rule IDs
  • SV-38383r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36765r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. Check the permissions of the LDAP configuration file(s). ls -lL /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapclientd.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapug.conf If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32148r1_fix

Change the permissions of the file. # chmod 0644 <LDAP configuration file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22560 - SV-38384r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008080
Vuln IDs
  • V-22560
Rule IDs
  • SV-38384r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36767r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. Check the ownership of the LDAP configuration file(s). ls -lL /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapclientd.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapug.conf If any of the above files are not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32149r1_fix

Change the owner of the file. # chown root <LDAP configuration file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22561 - SV-38385r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008100
Vuln IDs
  • V-22561
Rule IDs
  • SV-38385r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36768r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. Check the group ownership of the LDAP configuration file(s). ls -lL /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapclientd.conf /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapug.conf If any of the above files are not group owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32150r1_fix

Change the group owner of the file to root, bin, sys, or other. # chgrp root <LDAP configuration file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP configuration file(s) must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22562 - SV-29569r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008120
Vuln IDs
  • V-22562
Rule IDs
  • SV-29569r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36769r4_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. Check the LDAP configuration file for the presence of an ACL. # ls -alL /etc/opt/ldapux/ldapux_client.conf If the permissions include a "+" the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32151r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the file. # chacl -z <LDAP configuration file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22563 - SV-38386r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008140
Vuln IDs
  • V-22563
Rule IDs
  • SV-38386r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36770r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the ownership of the LDAP cert file(s). ls -lLd /etc/opt/ldapux ls -lL /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the owner of any file or directory is not root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32152r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file and/or directory. # chown root <directory> # chown root <directory>/<file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22564 - SV-38387r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008160
Vuln IDs
  • V-22564
Rule IDs
  • SV-38387r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36771r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the group ownership of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLd /etc/opt/ldapux # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If a certificate file or directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32153r1_fix

Change the group ownership of LDAP client certificate directory/files to root, bin, sys, or other. # chgrp root <directory> # chgrp root <directory>/<file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must have mode 0644 (0755 for directories) or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22565 - SV-38388r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008180
Vuln IDs
  • V-22565
Rule IDs
  • SV-38388r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36772r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the mode of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLd /etc/opt/ldapux # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If a certificate file or directory is more permissive than 0644 (or 0755 for directories), this is a finding.

Fix: F-32154r1_fix

Change the mode of the file and/or directory. # chmod 0755 <directory> # chmod 0644 <directory>/<file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22566 - SV-38389r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008200
Vuln IDs
  • V-22566
Rule IDs
  • SV-38389r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36774r2_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the permissions of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLd /etc/opt/ldapux # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the permissions of the file or directory contains a "+", an extended ACL is present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32156r2_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the certificate file. # chacl -z <directory> # chacl -z <directory>/<file>

b
For systems using NSS LDAP, the TLS certificate file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22567 - SV-38390r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008220
Vuln IDs
  • V-22567
Rule IDs
  • SV-38390r1_rule
The NSS LDAP service provides user mappings which are a vital component of system security. Its configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36775r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the ownership of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the owner of the file is not root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32157r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file. # chown root <certfile>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22568 - SV-38391r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008240
Vuln IDs
  • V-22568
Rule IDs
  • SV-38391r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36777r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the group ownership of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32158r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the LDAP client certificate file. # chgrp root <cert file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22569 - SV-38392r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008260
Vuln IDs
  • V-22569
Rule IDs
  • SV-38392r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36778r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the mode of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the certificate file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32159r1_fix

Change the permissions of the LDAP client certificate file. # chmod 0644 <cert file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22570 - SV-38393r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008280
Vuln IDs
  • V-22570
Rule IDs
  • SV-38393r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36780r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the mode of the LDAP cert file(s). # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/cert8.db If the permissions of the file contains a "+", an extended ACL is present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32160r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the certificate file. # chacl -z <certfile>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22571 - SV-38394r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008300
Vuln IDs
  • V-22571
Rule IDs
  • SV-38394r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36781r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the ownership of the key file. # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/key3.db If the owner of the file is not root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32161r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file. # chown root <key file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22572 - SV-38395r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008320
Vuln IDs
  • V-22572
Rule IDs
  • SV-38395r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36782r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the group ownership of the key file. # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/key3.db If the file is not group owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32162r1_fix

Change the group owner of the LDAP client key file. # chgrp root <key file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22573 - SV-38396r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008340
Vuln IDs
  • V-22573
Rule IDs
  • SV-38396r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification. NOTE: Depending on the particular implementation, group and other read permission may be necessary for unprivileged users to successfully resolve account information using LDAP. This will still be a finding, as these permissions provide users with access to system authenticators. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36783r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the mode of the key file. # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/key3.db If the file permission is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32163r1_fix

Change the mode of the file. # chmod 0600 <key file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22574 - SV-38397r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008360
Vuln IDs
  • V-22574
Rule IDs
  • SV-38397r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-36784r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If nothing is returned for either of the above commands, this is not applicable. If LDAP is installed, check the mode of the LDAP key file(s). # ls -lLa /etc/opt/ldapux/key3.db If the permissions of the file contains a "+", an extended ACL is present and this is a finding.

Fix: F-32164r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the key file. # chacl -z <key file>

a
Automated file system mounting tools must not be enabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22577 - SV-38377r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008440
Vuln IDs
  • V-22577
Rule IDs
  • SV-38377r1_rule
Automated file system mounting tools may provide unprivileged users with the ability to access local media and network shares. If this access is not necessary for the system’s operation, it must be disabled to reduce the risk of unauthorized access to these resources.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36788r1_chk

Check /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf for the AUTOFS automount setting. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | \ grep -i "AUTOFS=1" If set to 1, this is a finding. After testing, if the autofs service is required, this vulnerability is not applicable.

Fix: F-32167r1_fix

Stop and disable the autofs service. Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf and set the AUTOFS setting to 0. Restart the nfs.client service. # /usr/sbin/init.d/nfs.client stop # /usr/sbin/init.d/nfs.client start

a
The system must have USB disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22578 - SV-38400r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008460
Vuln IDs
  • V-22578
Rule IDs
  • SV-38400r1_rule
USB is a common computer peripheral interface. USB devices may include storage devices that could be used to install malicious software on a system or exfiltrate data.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36789r1_chk

# ioscan -fnC usb If the system uses USB, this is not applicable. By default, HP-UX systems tend to use both a USB keyboard and mouse. The following sample is a section of a system ioscan output showing the discovered USB controllers and devices. Notice, there are 3 NEC USB controllers. The first 2 USB controllers are OHCI (Open Host Controller Interface) controllers for low and full speed USB 1.0 and 1.1 devices. The 3rd USB controller is an EHCI (Enhanced Host Controller Interface) controller for high speed USB 2.0 devices. The first OHCI USB controller has a keyboard, a mouse, and a mass storage device attached. The second OHCI USB controller has no devices attached. The third USB controller, EHCI, has 2 mass storage devices attached. Class I H/W Path Driver S/W State H/W Type Description ================================================================================================ Usb 0 0/0/2/0 hcd CLAIMED INTERFACE NEC OHCI Controller usbcomp 0 0/0/2/0.1 usbcomposite CLAIMED DEVICE USB Composite Device usbhid 0 0/0/2/0.1.0 hid CLAIMED DEVICE USB HID Kbd(0) usbhid 1 0/0/2/0.1.1 hid CLAIMED DEVICE USB HID Pointer(1) usbms 0 0/0/2/0.1.2 ms CLAIMED DEVICE USB Mass Storage [0] usb 1 0/0/2/1 hcd CLAIMED INTERFACE NEC OHCI Controller usb 2 0/0/2/2 ehci CLAIMED INTERFACE NEC EHCI Controller usbms 2 0/0/2/2.2 ms CLAIMED DEVICE USB Mass Storage [1] usbms 3 0/0/2/2.3 ms CLAIMED DEVICE USB Mass Storage [2] Determine if the system has USB enabled. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32168r1_fix

Disable USB on the system. In doing so, remember the keyboard and mouse will no longer work.

a
The system must have USB Mass Storage disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22579 - SV-38401r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008480
Vuln IDs
  • V-22579
Rule IDs
  • SV-38401r1_rule
USB is a common computer peripheral interface. USB devices may include storage devices that could be used to install malicious software on a system or exfiltrate data.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36790r2_chk

On HP-UX systems with USB ports, the kernel module "usbd" is installed with the operating system. The "usbd" module enables and currently supports the use of a keyboard, a mouse and an optical drive. # /stand/system | grep -i usb # ioscan -fnC usb Ask the SA if the system requires USB mass storage. If the system requires the use of USB mass storage, this is not applicable. If the kernel module "usbd" is installed and the system does not require usb mass storage, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32169r2_fix

If usb mass storage is not required and the system does not use the system's usb interface for keyboard/mouse input, remove the "usbd" module from the kernel, remake the kernel and reboot the system. Document the change(s). # smh

b
The system must employ a local firewall.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001118 - V-22582 - SV-38403r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001118
Version
GEN008520
Vuln IDs
  • V-22582
Rule IDs
  • SV-38403r1_rule
A local firewall protects the system from exposing unnecessary or undocumented network services to the local enclave. If a system within the enclave is compromised, firewall protection on an individual system continues to protect it from attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36793r1_chk

Determine if the system is using a local firewall. # cat /etc/rc.config.d/ipfconf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | cut -f 3,3 -d " " | grep "IPF_START" If IPF_START is not set to 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32171r1_fix

Set IPF_START=1 in /etc/rc.config.d/ipfconf. Refresh/restart. # /sbin/init.d/ipfboot start

b
The system's local firewall must implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001109 - V-22583 - SV-26977r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001109
Version
GEN008540
Vuln IDs
  • V-22583
Rule IDs
  • SV-26977r1_rule
A local firewall protects the system from exposing unnecessary or undocumented network services to the local enclave. If a system within the enclave is compromised, firewall protection on an individual system continues to protect it from attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36794r2_chk

Check the firewall rules for a default deny rule. # ipfstat -i | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | grep -v "^#" | grep "block" An example of a default deny rule: block in log quick on ne3 from any to any If there is no default deny rule, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32172r1_fix

Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf and add a default deny rule and restart the ipfilter service. # /sbin/init.d/ipfboot stop # /sbin/init.d/ipfboot start

a
The system package management tool must not automatically obtain updates.
SI-2 - Low - CCI-001233 - V-22589 - SV-38405r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001233
Version
GEN008820
Vuln IDs
  • V-22589
Rule IDs
  • SV-38405r1_rule
System package management tools can obtain a list of updates and patches from a package repository and make this information available to the SA for review and action. Using a package repository outside of the organization's control presents a risk that malicious packages could be introduced.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36802r1_chk

Determine if the system package management tool is configured to automatically obtain updated packages. If it is, this is a finding. SWA runs as a client-side patch and security analysis tool. An HP supplied catalog file with known problems and fixes is downloaded from the HP IT Resource Center (ITRC) and compared to the software installed on the system. Depots used for full-system installation, such as the installation depot on an OE DVD, may also be analyzed. Systems are analyzed for patch warnings, critical defects, security bulletins, missing Quality Pack (QPK) patch bundles, and user-specified patches and supersession chains. SWA optimizes the automatic selection of patch dependencies by assessing the quality of the dependency, providing the best case scenario for the dependency, minimizing changes to the system, and assessing future patch dependency changes. List all crontabs on the system. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs/* # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/atjobs/* Check all crontabs/atjobs on the system for swa entries. # cat /var/spool/cron/crontabs/* | grep "swa " # cat /var/spool/cron/atjobs/* | grep "swa " If SWA is not configured with cron or at, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-32179r1_fix

Configure the system package management tool to not automatically obtain updates.

b
The HP-UX /etc/securetty file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22591 - SV-26994r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0110
Vuln IDs
  • V-22591
Rule IDs
  • SV-26994r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Unauthorized modification of the /etc/securetty file could cause Denial of Service to authorized system consoles or add unauthorized system consoles.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27937r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lLd /etc/securetty If the permissions of the file or directory contains a '+', an extended ACL is present, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-24260r1_fix

Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/securetty

b
The system must not be running any routing protocol daemons, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22665 - SV-35164r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22665
Rule IDs
  • SV-35164r1_rule
Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange network topology information with other routers. If this software is used when not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across the network.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-35016r1_chk

Check for any running routing protocol daemons. # ps -ef | grep -v grep | egrep -i "route|ospf|bgp|zebra|quagga|ripng|ramd" If any routing protocol daemons are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30310r1_fix

Disable any routing protocol daemons.

b
System audit logs must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-22702 - SV-38406r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
GEN002690
Vuln IDs
  • V-22702
Rule IDs
  • SV-38406r2_rule
Sensitive system and user information could provide a malicious user with enough information to penetrate further into the system.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-36450r2_chk

Inspect the auditing configuration file, /etc/rc.config.d/auditing, to determine the filename and path of the audit logs. The entries should appear similar to the following: PRI_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file1 SEC_AUDFILE=/var/.audit/file2 # egrep “PRI_AUDFILE|SEC_AUDFILE” /etc/rc.config.d/auditing For each audit log directory/file, check the group ownership. # ls -lLd &lt;audit directory&gt; # ls -lLa &lt;audit file&gt; If any audit log directory/file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31789r2_fix

As root, change the group ownership. # chgrp root <audit directory> # chgrp root <audit file>

b
The FTPS/FTP service on the system must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-23732 - SV-38407r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000410
Vuln IDs
  • V-23732
Rule IDs
  • SV-38407r1_rule
Failure to display the logon banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. NOTE: SFTP and FTPS are encrypted alternatives to FTP that should be used in place of FTP. SFTP is implemented by the SSH service and uses its banner configuration. System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-36267r1_chk

FTP to the system. # ftp localhost Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. If the system does not run the FTP service, this is not applicable. DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-31524r1_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and add the -a /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess option to the ftp line, if it is not present. If the /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess does not exist, create it by copying the example configuration file. Edit the ftpaccess file and add or set the banner setting to a banner file, such as /etc/ftpd/banner_msg. Create the banner file and add one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system). DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

a
The system must use a separate file system for /var.
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23736 - SV-35050r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003621
Vuln IDs
  • V-23736
Rule IDs
  • SV-35050r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34922r1_chk

Determine if the /var path is a separate filesystem. # cat /etc/fstab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | \ grep -v "^#" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | grep "^/var" | grep -v "/var/" If the above command returns nothing, /var is not on a separate filesystem and this is a finding.

Fix: F-30227r1_fix

Migrate the /var path onto a separate file system.

a
The system must use a separate file system for the system audit data path..
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23738 - SV-35054r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003623
Vuln IDs
  • V-23738
Rule IDs
  • SV-35054r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34924r3_chk

Determine if the /var/.audit path exists. # ls -alLd /var /var/.audit If the above paths do not exist, this is not a finding. If the above /var/.audit path exists, determine if /var/.audit is a separate filesystem. # cat /etc/fstab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | \ grep -v "^#" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | grep "^/var/.audit" | \ grep -v "/var/.audit/" If the above command returns nothing, /var/.audit is not on a separate filesystem and this is a finding.

Fix: F-30229r2_fix

Migrate the audit log path onto a separate filesystem. The following assumes that /var exists and that the new audit log mount point will be /var/.audit. Verify if auditing is running: # ps -ef | grep audomon | grep -v grep If auditing is running, issue the stop command: # /sbin/init.d/auditing stop Use SAM/SMH to: - Create a new Logical Volume (size to be determined based on local site requirements). - Create a VxFS file system on the new logical volume, paying special attention to site requirements such as Access Permissions, Allocation Policies, Mirroring considerations, large/no-large files and mount options such as suid/nosuid and ro/rw. Verify the /etc/fstab /var/.audit entry # more /etc/fstab Verify the current mounts: # mount Mount /var/.audit if not yet mounted: # mount -a Re-start the auditing subsystem: # /sbin/init.d/auditing start Verify that auditing is now running: # ps -ef | grep audomon | grep -v grep

a
The system must use a separate file system for /tmp (or equivalent).
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23739 - SV-35055r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003624
Vuln IDs
  • V-23739
Rule IDs
  • SV-35055r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-34925r1_chk

Determine if the /tmp path is a separate filesystem. # cat /etc/fstab | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | \ grep -v "^#" | cut -f 2,2 -d " " | grep "^/tmp" | grep -v "/tmp/" If the above command returns nothing, /tmp is not on a separate filesystem and this is a finding.

Fix: F-30230r1_fix

Migrate the /tmp path onto a separate file system.

b
TCP backlog queue sizes must be set appropriately.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-23741 - SV-29690r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003601
Vuln IDs
  • V-23741
Rule IDs
  • SV-29690r1_rule
To provide some mitigation to TCP Denial of Service (DoS) attacks, the TCP backlog queue sizes must be set to at least 1280 or in accordance with product-specific guidelines.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30047r1_chk

Check the value of the tcp_syn_rcvd_max parameter. # ndd -get /dev/tcp tcp_syn_rcvd_max If the returned value is less than 1280, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26884r1_fix

Set the tcp_syn_rcvd_max parameter to 1280. # ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_syn_rcvd_max 1280 Edit /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf and add/set: TRANSPORT_NAME[x] = tcp NDD_NAME[x] = tcp_syn_rcvd_max NDD_VALUE[x] = 1280

b
Mail relaying must be restricted.
SI-8 - Medium - CCI-001305 - V-23952 - SV-38410r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001305
Version
GEN004710
Vuln IDs
  • V-23952
Rule IDs
  • SV-38410r1_rule
If unrestricted mail relaying is permitted, unauthorized senders could use this host as a mail relay for the purpose of sending SPAM or other unauthorized activity.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36578r2_chk

Ask the SA if the system is a documented mail relay, and if it is, this is not applicable. If the system uses Sendmail, determine if Sendmail only binds to loopback addresses by examining the "DaemonPortOptions" configuration options. # grep -i "O DaemonPortOptions" /etc/mail/sendmail.cf If there are uncommented DaemonPortOptions lines, and all such lines specify system loopback addresses, this is not a finding. Otherwise, determine if Sendmail is configured to allow open relay operation. # find / -name sendmail.mc # grep -i promiscuous_relay &lt;/path/to/sendmail.mc&gt; If the promiscuous relay feature is enabled, this is a finding. If the system uses Postfix, locate the main.cf file. Procedure: # find / -name main.cf Determine if Postfix only binds to loopback addresses by examining the inet_interfaces line. Procedure: # grep inet_interfaces &lt;/path/to/main.cf&gt; If inet_interfaces is set to loopback-only or contains only loopback addresses such as 127.0.0.1 and [::1], Postfix is not listening on external network interfaces, this is not a finding. Otherwise, determine if Postfix is configured to restrict clients permitted to relay mail by examining the smtpd_client_restrictions line. # grep smtpd_client_restrictions &lt;/path/to/main.cf&gt; If the smtpd_client_restrictions line is missing, or does not contain reject, this is a finding. If the line contains permit before reject, this is a finding. If the system is using other SMTP software, consult the software's documentation for procedures to verify mail relaying is restricted.

Fix: F-31946r1_fix

If the system uses Sendmail, edit the sendmail.mc file and remove the promiscuous_relay configuration. Rebuild the sendmail.cf file from the modified sendmail.mc and restart the service. If the system does not need to receive mail from external hosts, add one or more DaemonPortOptions lines referencing system loopback addresses (such as "O DaemonPortOptions=Addr=127.0.0.1,Port=smtp,Name=MTA") and remove lines containing non-loopback addresses. Restart the service. If the system uses Postfix, edit the main.cf file then add or edit the smtpd_client_restrictions line to have contents permit mynetworks, reject or a similarly restrictive rule. If the system does not need to receive mail from external hosts, add or edit the inet_interfaces line to have contents loopback-only or a set of loopback addresses for the system. Restart the service. If the system is using other SMTP software, consult the software's documentation for procedures to restrict mail relaying.

b
The ldd command must be disabled unless it protects against the execution of untrusted files.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-23953 - SV-29540r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN007960
Vuln IDs
  • V-23953
Rule IDs
  • SV-29540r1_rule
The ldd command provides a list of dependent libraries needed by a given binary, which is useful for troubleshooting software. Instead of parsing the binary file, some ldd implementations invoke the program with a special environment variable set, which causes the system dynamic linker to display the list of libraries. Specially crafted binaries can specify an alternate dynamic linker which may cause a program to be executed instead of examined. If the program is from an untrusted source, such as in a user home directory, or a file suspected of involvement in a system compromise, unauthorized software may be executed with the rights of the user running ldd. Some ldd implementations include protections preventing the execution of untrusted files. If such protections exist, this requirement is not applicable. An acceptable method of disabling ldd is changing its mode to 0000. The SA may conduct troubleshooting by temporarily changing the mode to allow execution and running the ldd command as an unprivileged user upon trusted system binaries. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30036r1_chk

Determine if the system's ldd executable exists and is executable. # ls -lL /usr/ccs/bin/ldd If the file exists and has any execute permissions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26870r1_fix

Remove the execute permissions from the ldd executable. # chmod a-x /usr/ccs/bin/ldd

b
The system must not respond to ICMPv6 echo requests sent to a broadcast address.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-23972 - SV-29786r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN007950
Vuln IDs
  • V-23972
Rule IDs
  • SV-29786r1_rule
Responding to broadcast ICMP echo requests facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-36757r1_chk

Determine if the system blocks inbound IPv6 ICMP echo-requests sent to the all-hosts multicast address. Procedure: # ipfstat -6 -i Check for a rule such as: block in quick proto icmpv6 from any to ff02::1 icmpv6-type 128 If a rule blocking inbound IPv6 ICMP echo-requests sent to the all-hosts multicast address does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32141r1_fix

Add an IPF rule to block inbound IPv6 ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets sent to the all-hosts multicast address. Edit /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf and add a rule such as: block in quick proto icmpv6 from any to ff02::1 icmpv6-type 128 Reload the IPF rules. # ipf -6 -Fa -A -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf6.conf

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, graphical desktop environment login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-24331 - SV-38411r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000402
Vuln IDs
  • V-24331
Rule IDs
  • SV-38411r1_rule
Failure to display the logon banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices as well as to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems, including thin clients.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-36269r1_chk

NOTE: This will virtually always require a manual review. Access the graphical desktop environment(s) provided by the system and attempt a login. Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-31526r1_fix

Configure the system to display one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system) prior to, or as part of, the graphical desktop environment login process. DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

b
The system, if capable, must be configured to require the use of a CAC, PIV compliant hardware token or Alternate Logon Token (ALT) for authentication.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000768 - V-24347 - SV-38412r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000768
Version
GEN009120
Vuln IDs
  • V-24347
Rule IDs
  • SV-38412r2_rule
In accordance with CTO 07-015 PKI authentication is required. This provides stronger, two-factor authentication than using a username/password. NOTE: The following are exempt from this; however, they must meet all password requirements and must be documented with the IAO: - Stand-alone systems. - Application Accounts. - Students or unpaid employees (such as interns) who are not eligible to receive or not in receipt of a CAC, PIV, or ALT. - Warfighters and support personnel located at operational tactical locations conducting wartime operations that are not “collocated” with RAPIDS workstations to issue CAC; are not eligible for CAC or do not have the capability to use ALT. - Test systems that have an Interim Approval to Test (IATT) and provide protection via separate VPN, firewall or security measures preventing access to network and system components from outside the protection boundary documented in the IATT. System Administrator
Checks: C-36803r1_chk

Example: Reflection PKI Services Manager is a separate add-on providing X.509 certificate authentication services for the following Attachmate products: Reflection for Secure IT UNIX Server (7.1 or higher), and Reflection for Secure IT UNIX Client (7.1 or higher). The following HP-UX systems are supported by Reflection PKI Services Manager 1.0 or higher: HP-UX 11i v3 (Itanium) HP-UX 11i v2 (Itanium) HP-UX 11i v2 (PA-RISC) HP-UX 11i v1 (PA-RISC) To determine if the system is capable of CAC authentication, ask the SA if the system uses the Reflection PKI Services Manager for the Attachmate product (or similar). If it is not, this is not applicable. Additionally, ask the SA to determine if all accounts not exempted by policy are using CAC authentication. If non-exempt accounts are not using CAC authentication, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32181r1_fix

Consult vendor and/or 3rd party documentation to determine the procedures necessary for configuring CAC authentication. Configure all accounts required by policy to use CAC authentication to use CAC authentication.

a
The system must be configured to send audit records to a remote audit server.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000136 - V-24357 - SV-38413r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000136
Version
GEN002870
Vuln IDs
  • V-24357
Rule IDs
  • SV-38413r1_rule
Audit records contain evidence that can be used in the investigation of compromised systems. To prevent this evidence from compromise, it must be sent to a separate system continuously. Methods for sending audit records include, but are not limited to, system audit tools used to send logs directly to another host or through the system's syslog service to another host. System AdministratorECTB-1
Checks: C-36807r2_chk

The audit overflow monitor daemon (audomon) is spawned by /sbin/init.d/auditing as part of the init start-up process. The vendor (HP) recommends that a script be written to implement a long term strategy for data storage and pass it to the audomon daemon using the "-X &lt;command&gt;" option. &lt;command&gt; is executed each time audomon switches the audit trail. The means used to implement audit log transfer to a remote system will be site specific and therefore always require a manual review. ASK the SA if audomon is configured per the vendor's (HP) guidance to implement a long term, remote data storage strategy.

Fix: F-32184r2_fix

The audit overflow monitor daemon (audomon) is spawned by /sbin/init.d/auditing as part of the init start-up process. Create a <command> script to implement the vendor-recommended, long term data storage strategy and pass it to the audomon daemon using the "-X <command>" option. The <command> must be executed each time audomon switches the audit trail. A manual review of the <command> script is required.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf file (or equivalent) must not contain passwords.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-24384 - SV-38414r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN008050
Vuln IDs
  • V-24384
Rule IDs
  • SV-38414r1_rule
The authentication of automated LDAP connections between systems must not use passwords since more secure methods are available, such as PKI and Kerberos. Additionally, the storage of unencrypted passwords on the system is not permitted.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-36764r1_chk

Determine if the system uses LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. # swlist | grep LDAP OR # cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -i ldap If the product is installed: ls -lL /etc/opt/ldapux/acred /etc/opt/ldapux/pcred The user credentials are stored in the pcred and acred files, including the password. While these credentials are not visible as plain text, the pcred and acred files are not encrypted. If either of the above unencrypted files exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-32147r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for the procedures for configuring LDAP for authentication and account information. Remove any passwords from unencrypted LDAP configuration files.

c
The telnet daemon must not be running.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000197 - V-24386 - SV-35134r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000197
Version
GEN003850
Vuln IDs
  • V-24386
Rule IDs
  • SV-35134r1_rule
The telnet daemon provides a typically unencrypted remote access service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. If a privileged user were to log on using this service, the privileged user password could be compromised.GEN003850If an enabled telnet daemon is configured to only allow encrypted sessions, such as with Kerberos or the use of encrypted network tunnels, the risk of exposing sensitive information is mitigated, and this is not a finding.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-34992r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation to determine the method for determining if the telnet daemon is running. If the system uses inetd, use the following procedure: # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' |grep -v "^#" | \ cut -f 6,7 -d " " | grep -c -i telnetd If the above command returns a number greater than 0, the telnet daemon is running. If the telnet daemon is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-30286r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation to determine the procedure to disable the telnet daemon. If the system uses inetd, edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out the telnetd line. Restart the inetd service via the following command: # inetd -c

b
userdb database must not be used to override the system-wide variables in the security file, unless required.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40350 - SV-52330r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0200
Vuln IDs
  • V-40350
Rule IDs
  • SV-52330r1_rule
The user database stores per-user information. It consists of the /var/adm/userdb directory and the files within it. A per-user value in /var/adm/userdb will override any corresponding system-wide default configured in the /etc/default/security file. Allowing per-user files to relax system-wide security settings creates potential security gaps that can compromise overall system security.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-46983r1_chk

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Check the /var/adm/userdb database for individual user settings: # /usr/sbin/userdbget -a If the “userdb” database is used exclusively to enhance/tighten the security requirements as defined in the /etc/default/security file (see the following example), this is not a finding. Example: /etc/default/security requires a MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH attribute setting of N=14 and specific per user attribute values in /var/adm/userdb are set to 15. If any user information is returned that is greater than the required attribute setpoint in the/etc/default/security file (see the following example), this is a finding. Example: /etc/default/security requires a MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH attribute setting of N=14 and specific per user attribute values in /var/adm/userdb are set to 13.

Fix: F-45321r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Delete any configured users from the /var/adm/userdb database: # /usr/sbin/userdbset -d -u <user> Restart auditing: # /sbin/init.d/auditing stop # /sbin/init.d/auditing start

b
The system must disable accounts after three consecutive unsuccessful SSH login attempts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40355 - SV-52335r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0210
Vuln IDs
  • V-40355
Rule IDs
  • SV-52335r1_rule
Disabling accounts after a limited number of unsuccessful SSH login attempts improves protection against password guessing attacks.ECLO-1, ECLO-2
Checks: C-46984r1_chk

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: The “UsePAM” attribute in the /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config configuration file controls whether an account is locked after too many consecutive SSH authentication failures. The default “UsePAM” attribute setting is “no”. Verify the global setting for “UsePAM” is set to “yes”. # cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' grep -v “#” | grep “^UsePAM” If the /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config configuration file attribute “UsePAM” is not set to “yes”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45323r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE only: Edit the /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config file and add/uncomment/update the “UsePAM” attribute. See the below example: UsePAM yes Save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must impose the same restrictions on root logins that are already applied to non-root users.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40445 - SV-52432r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0220
Vuln IDs
  • V-40445
Rule IDs
  • SV-52432r2_rule
Best practices standard operating procedures for computing systems includes account management. If the root account is allowed to be configured without a password, or not configured to lock if there have been no logins to the root account for an organization defined time interval, the entire system can be compromised.System Administrator
Checks: C-47005r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For Standard Mode with Security Extensions (SMSE): Check the /etc/default/security file for the following attribute(s) and attribute values: LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT=1 # grep “LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT” /etc/default/security If LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT=0, then the root user is not subject to the same login restrictions as non-root users. If no organizational exceptions for root are documented and LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT=0, then this is a finding.

Fix: F-45394r2_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Edit the /etc/default/security file and add/modify the following attribute(s) and attribute values: LOGIN_POLICY_STRICT=1 Save the file before exiting the editor.

b
The ability to boot the system into single user mode must be restricted to root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40446 - SV-52433r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0230
Vuln IDs
  • V-40446
Rule IDs
  • SV-52433r1_rule
Single user mode access must be strictly limited to the privileged user root. The ability to boot to single user mode allows a malicious user the opportunity to modify, compromise, or otherwise damage the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-47006r1_chk

For Trusted Mode: Protected password database files are maintained in the /tcb/files/auth hierarchy. This directory contains other directories each named with a single letter from the alphabet. User authentication profiles are stored in these directories based on the first letter of the user account name. Next check that only root is authorized to boot into single user mode. # grep “:u_bootauth:” /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If any non-root users have been granted single user boot privileges, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the /etc/default/security file for the following attribute(s) and attribute values: BOOT_USERS=root (Note: BOOT_USERS attribute values are comma delimited strings). # grep “BOOT_USERS” /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If the BOOT_USERS attribute contains any username other than root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45395r1_fix

For Trusted Mode: If single user boot authentication is disabled, use the System Administration Manager (SAM) or the System Management Homepage (SMH) to allow single user boot for root only. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update the attribute. See the below example: BOOT_USERS=root Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The /var/adm/userdb directory must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40447 - SV-52434r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0240
Vuln IDs
  • V-40447
Rule IDs
  • SV-52434r1_rule
The /var/adm/userdb directory is the system user database repository used for storing per-user security configuration information. If the configuration is modified maliciously, individual users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47007r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the directory is owned by root. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb If the directory is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45396r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file ownership. # chown root /var/adm/userdb

b
The /var/adm/userdb directory must be group-owned by sys.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40448 - SV-52435r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0250
Vuln IDs
  • V-40448
Rule IDs
  • SV-52435r1_rule
The /var/adm/userdb directory is the system user database repository used for storing per-user security configuration information. If the configuration is modified maliciously, individual users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47008r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the directory is group-owned by sys. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb If the directory is not group-owned by sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45397r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp sys /var/adm/userdb

b
The /var/adm/userdb directory must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40449 - SV-52436r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0260
Vuln IDs
  • V-40449
Rule IDs
  • SV-52436r1_rule
The /var/adm/userdb directory is the system user database repository used for storing per-user security configuration information. If the configuration is modified maliciously, individual users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47009r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the directory mode. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb If the directory mode is more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45398r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file mode to 0700 or less permissive. # chmod 0700 /var/adm/userdb

b
The /var/adm/userdb directory must not have an extended ACL.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40450 - SV-52437r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0270
Vuln IDs
  • V-40450
Rule IDs
  • SV-52437r1_rule
The /var/adm/userdb directory is the system user database repository used for storing per-user security configuration information. If the configuration is modified maliciously, individual users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47010r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the directory has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb If the permissions include a “+”, the directory has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45399r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/userdb

b
The /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40451 - SV-52438r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0280
Vuln IDs
  • V-40451
Rule IDs
  • SV-52438r1_rule
Unless the userdb is required, the /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be created to disable the use of per-user security attributes in the user database. Attributes in the user database override the system-wide settings configured in /etc/default/security. If the system-wide configuration is overridden maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47011r3_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: If the userdb is required, this check is not applicable. Verify the file is owned by root. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45400r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file ownership. # chown root /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED

b
The /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be group-owned by sys.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40452 - SV-52439r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0290
Vuln IDs
  • V-40452
Rule IDs
  • SV-52439r1_rule
Unless the userdb is required, the /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be created to disable the use of per-user security attributes in the user database. Attributes in the user database override the system-wide settings configured in /etc/default/security. If the system-wide configuration is overridden maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47012r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: If the userdb is required, this check is not applicable. Verify the file is group-owned by sys. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED If the file is not group-owned by sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45401r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp sys /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED

b
The /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40453 - SV-52440r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0300
Vuln IDs
  • V-40453
Rule IDs
  • SV-52440r1_rule
Unless the userdb is required, the /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be created to disable the use of per-user security attributes in the user database. Attributes in the user database override the system-wide settings configured in /etc/default/security. If the system-wide configuration is overridden maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47013r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: If the userdb is required, this check is not applicable. Verify the file mode. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED If the file mode is more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45402r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file mode to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED

b
The /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must not have an extended ACL.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40454 - SV-52441r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0310
Vuln IDs
  • V-40454
Rule IDs
  • SV-52441r1_rule
Unless the userdb is required, the /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED file must be created to disable the use of per-user security attributes in the user database. Attributes in the user database override the system-wide settings configured in /etc/default/security. If the system-wide configuration is overridden maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47014r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: If the userdb is required, this check is not applicable. Verify the file has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED If the permissions include a “+”, the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45405r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /var/adm/userdb/USERDB.DISABLED

b
The /etc/security.dsc file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40466 - SV-52454r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0320
Vuln IDs
  • V-40466
Rule IDs
  • SV-52454r1_rule
The /etc/security.dsc file is the system description file that contains all attributes and default values that are configurable on a per user basis in /var/adm/userdb. If the description file is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47015r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/security.dsc If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45416r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file ownership. # chown root /etc/security.dsc

b
The /etc/security.dsc file must be group-owned by sys.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40467 - SV-52455r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0330
Vuln IDs
  • V-40467
Rule IDs
  • SV-52455r1_rule
The /etc/security.dsc file is the system description file that contains all attributes and default values that are configurable on a per user basis in /var/adm/userdb. If the description file is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47016r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is group-owned by sys. # ls -lL /etc/security.dsc If the file is not group-owned by sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45417r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp sys /etc/security.dsc

b
The /etc/security.dsc file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40468 - SV-52456r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0340
Vuln IDs
  • V-40468
Rule IDs
  • SV-52456r1_rule
The /etc/security.dsc file is the system description file that contains all attributes and default values that are configurable on a per user basis in /var/adm/userdb. If the description file is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47017r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file mode. # ls -lL /etc/security.dsc If the file mode is more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45418r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file mode to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /etc/security.dsc

b
The /etc/security.dsc file must not have an extended ACL.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40470 - SV-52458r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0350
Vuln IDs
  • V-40470
Rule IDs
  • SV-52458r1_rule
The /etc/security.dsc file is the system description file that contains all attributes and default values that are configurable on a per user basis in /var/adm/userdb. If the description file is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47018r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/security.dsc If the permissions include a “+”, the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45420r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/security.dsc

b
The /etc/pam.conf file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40473 - SV-52461r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0360
Vuln IDs
  • V-40473
Rule IDs
  • SV-52461r1_rule
/etc/pam.conf file is the system configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47019r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/pam.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45423r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file ownership. # chown root /etc/pam.conf

b
The /etc/pam.conf file must be group-owned by sys.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40476 - SV-52464r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0370
Vuln IDs
  • V-40476
Rule IDs
  • SV-52464r1_rule
The /etc/pam.conf file is the system configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47020r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is group-owned by sys. # ls -lL /etc/pam.conf If the file is not group-owned by sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45426r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp sys /etc/pam.conf

b
The /etc/pam.conf file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40478 - SV-52466r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0380
Vuln IDs
  • V-40478
Rule IDs
  • SV-52466r1_rule
The /etc/pam.conf file is the system configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47021r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file mode. # ls -lL /etc/pam.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45428r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file mode to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /etc/pam.conf

b
The /etc/pam.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40482 - SV-52471r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0390
Vuln IDs
  • V-40482
Rule IDs
  • SV-52471r1_rule
The /etc/pam.conf file is the system configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47022r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/pam.conf If the permissions include a “+”, the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45431r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/pam.conf

b
The per user PAM configuration file (/etc/pam_user.conf) must not be used to override the system-wide PAM configuration file (/etc/pam.conf) unless it is required.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40483 - SV-52472r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0400
Vuln IDs
  • V-40483
Rule IDs
  • SV-52472r1_rule
The per user PAM configuration file (/etc/pam_user.conf) allows individual users to be assigned options that differ from those of the general computing community. This file is optional and should only be used if PAM applications are required to operate differently for specific users, i.e., to isolate the administrative user accounts.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-47023r1_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Check the system for the existence of the /etc/pam_user.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/pam_user.conf If the file does not exist, this is a finding. If the file exists, examine the file. # cat /etc/pam_user.conf Attempt to determine the reason (ask the SA for an explanation) for options being passed to the PAM service modules for the listed users. If the SA cannot provide an explanation for the listed users and PAM module options, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45432r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: If the SA cannot provide a reasonable explanation for user entries in the /etc/pam_user.conf file, take one or more of the following actions: remove the file, remove/comment all user entries, remove/comment individual user entries. Document all changes.

b
The /etc/pam_user.conf file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40484 - SV-52473r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0410
Vuln IDs
  • V-40484
Rule IDs
  • SV-52473r1_rule
The /etc/pam_user.conf file is the per user configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. The /etc/pam_user.conf file must not be configured unless it is required.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47024r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is owned by root. # ls -lL /etc/pam_user.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45433r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file ownership. # chown root /etc/pam_user.conf

b
The /etc/pam_user.conf file must be group-owned by sys.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40485 - SV-52474r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0420
Vuln IDs
  • V-40485
Rule IDs
  • SV-52474r1_rule
The /etc/pam_user.conf file is the per user configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. The /etc/pam_user.conf file must not be configured unless it is required.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47025r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file is group-owned by sys. # ls -lL /etc/pam_user.conf If the file is not group-owned by sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45434r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file group ownership. # chgrp sys /etc/pam_user.conf

b
The /etc/pam_user.conf file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40486 - SV-52475r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0430
Vuln IDs
  • V-40486
Rule IDs
  • SV-52475r1_rule
The /etc/pam_user.conf file is the per user configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. The /etc/pam_user.conf file must not be configured unless it is required.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47026r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file mode. # ls -lL /etc/pam_user.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45435r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: As root, change the file mode to 0444 or less permissive. # chmod 0444 /etc/pam_user.conf

b
/etc/pam_user.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40487 - SV-52476r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0440
Vuln IDs
  • V-40487
Rule IDs
  • SV-52476r1_rule
The /etc/pam_user.conf file is the per user configuration file for the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) architecture. It supports per user authentication, account, session, and password management. If the configuration is modified maliciously, users may gain unauthorized system access. The /etc/pam_user.conf file must not be configured unless it is required.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-47027r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Verify the file has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/pam_user.conf If the permissions include a “+”, the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45436r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Remove the optional ACL from the file. # chacl -z /etc/pam_user.conf

b
During a password change, the system must determine if password aging attributes are inherited from the /etc/default/security file attributes when no password aging is specified in the shadow file for local users.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40492 - SV-52481r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0450
Vuln IDs
  • V-40492
Rule IDs
  • SV-52481r1_rule
Password aging attributes are stored in /etc/default/security and /etc/shadow. Anytime a password aging policy is changed, policy requirements are updated in /etc/default/security. If the system is allowed to override or ignore updates made to /etc/default/security, deprecated password aging policies will remain intact and never enforce newer requirements.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-47028r1_chk

For Trusted Mode: If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For SMSE: Check the OVERRIDE_SYSDEF_PWAGE attribute setting. # grep OVERRIDE_SYSDEF_PWAGE /etc/default/security If the OVERRIDE_SYSDEF_PWAGE attribute is missing or not set to 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45441r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update the OVERRIDE_SYSDEF_PWAGE attribute. See the below example: OVERRIDE_SYSDEF_PWAGE=0 Note: If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must display the date and time of the last successful account login upon login by means other than SSH.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40493 - SV-52482r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0460
Vuln IDs
  • V-40493
Rule IDs
  • SV-52482r3_rule
Providing users with feedback on when account accesses last occurred facilitates user recognition and reporting of unauthorized account use.System Administrator
Checks: C-47029r3_chk

Protected password database files are maintained in the /tcb/files/auth hierarchy. This directory contains other directories each named with a single letter from the alphabet. User profiles are stored in these directories based on the first letter of the user account name. Check the user attributes for the time and source of the last (successful and unsuccessful) login. This information is presented during login. All attributes are generated by the system in an integer format (system time). See the example commands below: For successful logins: # egrep "u_succhg#[0-9]+:" /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* For unsuccessful login attempts: # egrep "u_unsucchg#[0-9]+:" /tcb/files/auth/[a-z,A-Z]/* If any users are missing the above attributes or attribute integer data, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check for the following attribute and attribute value: DISPLAY_LAST_LOGIN=1 # grep "DISPLAY_LAST_LOGIN" /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If the DISPLAY_LAST_LOGIN attribute is set to 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45442r1_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface to ensure the attributes are added to all user /tcb profiles. For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update attribute. See the below example: DISPLAY_LAST_LOGIN=1 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system and user default umask must be 0077 for all sessions initiated via PAM.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-40494 - SV-52483r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0470
Vuln IDs
  • V-40494
Rule IDs
  • SV-52483r1_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 0077 limits new files to mode 0700 or less permissive. The leading zero digit represents an unsigned octal integer. This requirement applies to the globally configured system and user account defaults for all sessions initiated via PAM.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-47030r1_chk

For Trusted Mode: Check the attribute setting. # grep UMASK /etc/default/security If UMASK is not set to 0077, this is a finding. For SMSE: Check the attribute setting. # grep UMASK /etc/default/security /var/adm/userdb/* If UMASK is not set to 0077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-45443r1_fix

For Trusted Mode: Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) to update attribute. See the below example: UMASK=0077 For SMSE: Note: There may be additional package/bundle updates that must be installed to support attributes in the /etc/default/security file. Use the SAM/SMH interface (/etc/default/security file) and/or the userdbset command (/var/adm/userdb/* files) to update attribute. See the below example: UMASK=0077 Note: Never use a text editor to modify any /var/adm/userdb database file. The database contains checksums and other binary data, and editors (vi included) do not follow the file locking conventions that are used to control access to the database. If manually editing the /etc/default/security file, save any change(s) before exiting the editor.

b
The system must impose the same restrictions on root passwords that are already applied to non-root users.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50999 - SV-65205r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-HPUX0225
Vuln IDs
  • V-50999
Rule IDs
  • SV-65205r2_rule
Best practices and standard operating procedures for computing systems include password management. If the root account is allowed to be configured with inadequate password controls, the entire system can be compromised.
Checks: C-53445r2_chk

If the system is configured for Trusted Mode, this check is not applicable. For Standard Mode with Security Extensions (SMSE): Check the /etc/default/security file for the following attribute(s) and attribute values: PASSWORD_POLICY_STRICT=1 # grep "PASSWORD_POLICY_STRICT" /etc/default/security If PASSWORD_POLICY_STRICT=0, then the root user is not subject to the same password restrictions as non-root users, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-55807r1_fix

If the system is operating in Trusted Mode, no fix is required. For SMSE: Edit the /etc/default/security file and add/modify the following attribute(s) and attribute values: PASSWORD_POLICY_STRICT=1 Save the file before exiting the editor.

b
Wireless network adapters must be disabled.
AC-18 - Medium - CCI-001443 - V-72819 - SV-87463r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-18
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001443
Version
GEN007841
Vuln IDs
  • V-72819
Rule IDs
  • SV-87463r1_rule
The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into the organization’s network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point (AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of service to valid network resources.
Checks: C-72935r1_chk

This is N/A for systems that do not have wireless network adapters. Verify that there are no wireless interfaces configured on the system: # nwmgr Note: This command will produce a list of interfaces that are configured on the host. With the assistance of the System Administrator, identify any wireless interfaces listed in the output of the above command. If a wireless interface is configured, it must be documented and approved by the local Authorizing Official. If a wireless interface is configured and has not been documented and approved, this is a finding.

Fix: F-79241r1_fix

Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces.

b
The HPUX 11.31 operating system must use a virus scan program.
SI-3 - Medium - CCI-001668 - V-81451 - SV-96165r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001668
Version
GEN006650
Vuln IDs
  • V-81451
Rule IDs
  • SV-96165r1_rule
Virus scanning software can be used to protect a system from penetration from computer viruses and to limit their spread through intermediate systems. The virus scanning software should be configured to perform scans dynamically on accessed files. If this capability is not available, the system must be configured to scan, at a minimum, all altered files on the system on a daily basis. If the system processes inbound SMTP mail, the virus scanner must be configured to scan all received mail.
Checks: C-81191r1_chk

Verify an antivirus solution is installed on the system. The antivirus solution may be bundled with an approved host-based security solution. If there is no antivirus solution installed on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-88269r1_fix

Install an antivirus solution on the system.